Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Bonds / Gem Diamonds Limited

Gem Diamonds Limited

gemd · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker gemd
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Bonds
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Gem Diamonds Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2010

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Highlights
Board of Directors
Chairman’s Review
Business Review
Mineral Resource Management
Sustainable Development Report
Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report
Corporate Governance Report
Annual Financial Statements
Contacts and Advisors

1
2
4
5
16
17
45
48
56
63
IBC

Front cover image: 196 carat and 184 carat rough diamonds recovered at Letšeng during 2010.
Inside front cover image: 4.68 carat blue diamond recovered from Letšeng and sold for a Letšeng record price
of US$155 000 per carat.

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Gem Diamonds is a global
diamond mining company that
is pursuing a long term growth
strategy through the
development of its existing
assets and targeted acquisitions. 

Under the depressed market conditions of late 2008 and early 2009, the Company focused its strategy on
developing its cash generating assets and curtailing all non-essential capital and development expenditure.
Following the steady improvement in the diamond market during 2010, the Company has completed the
development of a growth strategy designed to take advantage of these improving conditions.

The Company’s portfolio comprises producing kimberlite and lamproite mines in Lesotho and Australia, as well
as development projects and exploration assets in Angola and Botswana.

With Letšeng’s production of the world’s most remarkable white diamonds and Ellendale’s production of rare
fancy yellow diamonds, Gem Diamonds remains focused on higher value diamonds. This segment of the market
is expected to deliver attractive long term returns.

HIGHLIGHTS

Lost time injury free over 14 months, in excess of 5 million man hours worked at year end

Fatality-free for two years and nine months at year end

Revenue of US$266.4 million

EBITDA of US$82.0 million, up 47% from 2009

Profit before tax of US$54.5 million, up 39% from 2009

Profit for the year of US$36.2 million, up 43% from 2009

Attributable profit for the year of US$20.2 million, up 30% from 2009

Year end cash on hand of US$129.8 million

Strong recovery in prices of rough diamonds particularly in the last quarter of 2010

Mining licence awarded for the Gope deposit in Botswana, and plans are underway for construction of a mine

Growth plan underway for overall value increase at Letšeng

Letšeng gained control of its own sales and marketing with strategies in place to develop its downstream
activities and capabilities

1

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Board of Directors

Non-Executive

Executive

2

ROGER DAVIS

MIKE SALAMON

GAVIN BEEVERS

DAVE ELZAS

RICHARD WILLIAMS

CLIFFORD ELPHICK 

ALAN ASHWORTH 

KEVIN BURFORD

GLENN TURNER

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

MIKE SALAMON 55 
Senior Independent Director
Mike is a mining engineer with an MBA and has
over 30 years experience in the mining sector.
He was a founding director of Billiton and was
instrumental  in  Billiton’s  IPO  on  the  London
Stock Exchange in 1997 and the subsequent
merger with BHP in 2001. Mike retired from his
position of Executive Director at BHP Billiton in
2006 and is now the Chairman of New World
Resources, a non-Executive Director of Central
Rand Gold, Ferrexpo Plc and co-President of
private equity fund AMCI Capital. Mike joined
Gem Diamonds in February 2008.

GAVIN BEEVERS 61 
NonExecutive Director
Gavin  was  the  Director  of  Operations  at  De
Beers from April 2000 until his retirement in
2004. He had joined De Beers in 1979 and was
based in Botswana for 11 years. Thereafter he
was appointed Assistant General Manager at
De  Beers  Marine  in  Cape  Town  until  1994,
whereafter he returned to Botswana as General
Manager at the Orapa and Lethlakane Mines.
From January 1996 to March 2000, Gavin held
the position of Deputy Managing Director of
Debswana Diamond Company. Gavin joined
Gem Diamonds in February 2007.

.

RICHARD WILLIAMS MBE MC 44 
NonExecutive Director
Richard spent 20 years in the British Army, latterly
as the Commanding Officer of 22 SAS Regiment,
during  which  time  he  saw  service  across  the
Middle East, Latin America and Africa. Richard has
an MBA from Cranfield University and a Masters
in  International  Security  Studies  from  Kings
College, London. Richard is the CEO of Chakata
Ltd,  an  investment  management  company
focused on defence and security technologies.
Richard joined Gem Diamonds in February 2008.

ALAN ASHWORTH 56 
Chief Operating Officer
Alan holds a BSc in Mining Engineering and has
35  years  experience  in  the  mining  industry.
During  his  career  he  has  worked  in  various
countries,  including  South  Africa,  Namibia,
Botswana, Guinea, Ghana and Russia. He spent
28 years within the De Beers group, including
four  years  as  the  General  Manager  of  the
Namdeb Diamond corporation and four years
as the Group Manager, Operations and Head of
Operations for De Beers Consolidated Mining.
From March 2006 until August 2007, he was the
Managing  Director  of  Gold  Fields’  Ghana
operations  in  West  Africa.  Alan  joined  Gem
in  November  2007  and  was
Diamonds 
appointed to the Board in April 2008.

KEVIN BURFORD 52 
Chief Financial Officer
Kevin has 26 years experience in the mining
industry having worked for De Beers and Anglo
American between 1985 and 2005, and Xstrata
in  2005.  Previously  he  was  the  Group
Manager – Finance at De Beers where he had
responsibility for the financial aspects of all De
Beers’  operations  and  exploration  activities
across  the  globe.  In  addition  he  has  held
strategic leadership positions covering supply
chain, IT, risk management, internal audit and
business strategy. Kevin completed his articles
with  Coopers  and  Lybrand  in  1984  and  is  a
registered Chartered Accountant. Kevin joined
Gem Diamonds in January 2006.

3

ROGER DAVIS 54 
NonExecutive Chairman
Roger spent eight years at Barclays, latterly as
the CEO of the UK banking operation and as a
member of the Board of Barclays Plc. Under his
leadership, the UK business was significantly
restructured. Prior to that, he spent ten years in
investment  banking  in  London  and  held
various  positions  in  China  and  India  for
Flemings  and  BZW.  Roger  started  his  career
with a 12 year service in the British Army. He
joined Gem Diamonds in February 2007.

DAVE ELZAS 44 
NonExecutive Director
Dave has over 15 years working experience in
international  investment  banking.  Between
1994  and  2000,  Dave  served  as  a  Senior
Executive  and 
subsequently  Managing
Director of the Beny Steinmetz Group. Dave is
currently  the  Senior  Partner  and  CEO  of  the
Geneva Management Group, an international
wealth  management  and  financial  services
company and was appointed as a director of
Zanaga  Iron  Ore  Co.  Ltd  in  November  2010.
Dave joined Gem Diamonds in October 2005.

CLIFFORD ELPHICK 50 
Chief Executive Officer
Clifford joined Anglo American Corporation in
1986  and  was  seconded  to  E.  Oppenheimer
and  Son  as  Harry  Oppenheimer’s  personal
assistant in 1988. In 1990, he was appointed
Managing Director of E. Oppenheimer and Son,
a position he held until leaving in December
2004.  During  that  time,  Clifford  was  also  a
director of Central Holdings, Anglo American
and DB Investments. Following the privatisation
of  De  Beers  in  2000,  Clifford  served  on  the
De Beers Executive Committee. Clifford formed
Gem  Diamonds  in  July  2005.  Clifford  is  also
non-Executive  Chairman  Zanaga  Iron  Ore
Co. Limited.

GLENN TURNER 50 
Chief Legal and Commercial Officer
Glenn was called to the Johannesburg Bar in
1987 where he spent 14 years practising as an
advocate specialising in general commercial
and  competition  law,  and  took  silk  in  2002.
Glenn  was  appointed  De  Beers’  first  General
Counsel in 2002 and was also a member of the
Executive Committee. Glenn was responsible
for a number of key initiatives during his tenure,
including overseeing De Beers’ re-entry into the
USA. Glenn joined Gem Diamonds in May 2006
and was appointed to the Board in April 2008.

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Chairman’s Review

Following the aftermath of the global financial crisis, 2010 was a year
when management focused on putting the building blocks in place to
provide investors with a growth platform.

A  pre-feasibility  study  is  well  underway  for  a  substantial  expansion
programme at the Letšeng mine. This planned increase in production,
and the consequent economies of scale when combined with ongoing
cost savings from the cost efficiency drive will add substantial value to
shareholders. In addition, initial studies into moving to an underground
mine at the Satellite pipe to eliminate the current high cost of waste
stripping have been completed. The studies indicate that starting an
underground operation prior to the completion of the currently planned
open-pit in the Satellite pipe will be value accretive to Letšeng. Work will
now focus on optimising the transition, timing and costs.

At the Ellendale mine, management continues to look for ways to drive
down local currency costs. The results from the resource development
drilling programme, which commenced in 2010, will be known midway
through 2011.

In Botswana, it is very pleasing that the Gope project has been awarded
a mining licence by the Government of the Republic of Botswana and
the Board has approved the development of an underground mine.
Construction of the first phase of this exciting project will commence in
2011 and the mine will come into production in 2013. Once production
has started, work will commence on the feasibility of the next expansion
phase.

Gem Diamonds continues to place a very high priority on Health, Safety,
Corporate Social Responsibility and Environmental management (HSSE)
and in 2010 achieved a company record of two consecutive fatality-free
calendar years. By the end of the year, it also recorded 14 months Lost
Time Injury free – another company record. These achievements are a
barometer of operational efficiency and high staff morale at all of the
Company’s  mines  and  were  only  possible  due  to  the  unwavering
commitment  to  health,  safety  and  environmental  matters  by  each
member of the Gem Diamonds Group, for which I would like to thank
and congratulate them.

Gem  Diamonds  remains  committed  to  operate  to  the  highest
environmental and ethical standards and is also firmly committed to the
principles of the Kimberley Process. All diamonds sold by the Group are
Kimberley Process certified.

In 2010 the foundations were laid to provide an exciting growth profile.
Gem Diamonds has a strong balance sheet and is well positioned to
enter the next phase in its development as a growth company.

2010 was a year of both
consolidation and planning for
growth. During the year Gem
Diamonds benefitted from the
continuing recovery in rough and
polished diamond prices and from
the implementation of its new sales
and marketing strategies.

In  the  last  quarter  of  the  year, prices  for  both  Letšeng’s  run  of  mine
production  and  Ellendale’s  fancy  yellow  diamonds  achieved  record
prices.

The Letšeng mine in Lesotho continues to recover large diamonds of
the highest quality. In the fourth quarter of 2010, Letšeng sold three
exceptional white diamonds of 196 carats, 184 carats and 116 carats. In
January  2011,  another  exceptional  196  carat  white  diamond  was
recovered from the Main pipe.

Kimberley Diamonds in Australia held the first price review under its
agreement with Tiffany & Co. for the mine’s rare fancy yellow diamonds,
which resulted in a 25% price increase with effect from October 2010.

Operationally, 2010 was a year of consolidation for Gem Diamonds, with
a continued focus on generating cashflow from its two primary assets,
the Letšeng and Ellendale mines. Controlling costs continues to be a
major  focus  for  management  with  US  dollar  reported  costs  in  both
Lesotho and Australia being substantially impacted by the strength of
the Lesotho loti1 and Australian dollar respectively against the US dollar.
The focus on cost reduction continues into 2011. A series of workstreams
are in place, in order to reduce real operating costs in local currency
terms at both mines through further efficiency improvements and cost
savings.

The higher prices achieved for rough diamonds and the continued focus
on controlling costs has meant that the Company was able to report a
profit of US$36.2 million for the full year 2010 (earnings of 15 cents per
share). As at 31 December 2010, the Group had cash of US$129.8 million
on its balance sheet.

ROGER DAVIS
non-Executive Chairman
14 March 2011

1

The Lesotho loti is pegged to the South African rand.

4

Business Review

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

DIAMOND MARKET
The Global Financial Crisis had an extremely negative impact on rough
diamond prices. However, the action taken in 2009 to hold back rough
diamond supplies by the major producers resulted in a substantially
lower availability of rough diamonds than the equivalent fall in the global
demand for diamond jewellery. The latter part of 2009 saw an end to the
retail destocking in the important US market that had so negatively
impacted US polished diamond imports during that year. In addition, the
better  than  expected  US  Christmas  season  that  year  helped  rough
diamond  prices  to  strengthen  at  the  end  of  2009,  a  trend  which
continued into 2010. Production in the major manufacturing centre of
India  has  returned  to  pre-crash  levels;  increased  credit  was  made
available to the cutting centres and the continued rising demand in
China and India has resulted in rough diamond prices steadily improving
throughout 2010 across all categories.

Reports received subsequent to the important 2010 US Thanksgiving to
Christmas season indicate strong growth in the demand for diamond
jewellery. This is already having an impact on rough diamond prices as
retailers restock at the beginning of 2011. Prior to this period there were
concerns that rough diamond prices had pushed too far ahead of the
equivalent polished prices. However, current market reports suggest that
polished prices were actually undervalued and are now beginning to
benefit from the underlying supply demand dynamic.

In many categories, rough diamond prices are now above their highs of
2008. No major new diamond mines have come on stream over the
recent  past  and  the  positive  fundamentals  of  a  developing  supply
demand gap remain, especially at the top end of the market.

SALES & MARKETING STRATEGIES
The Group has successfully implemented a new and improved sales
process  in  order  to  maximise  revenue  for  all  of  its  rough  diamond
production through a combination of tenders; auctions; direct sales;
off-take and partnering agreements. Further details of which are covered
under the Lesotho and Australian operations respectively.

OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
During 2010 the Company focused on cashflow generation, controlling
costs and implementing its growth strategy. Letšeng continued to show
that it is a world class diamond asset, producing large diamonds of top
quality and top colour. At the Ellendale mine in Australia, the E9 pipe
continued to generate positive cashflow and profit. Through the year a
series  of  workstreams  and  initiatives  were  implemented  to  increase
efficiencies and control costs across the Group. Management’s steps to
drive through cost initiatives have been very effective. These efforts will
continue through 2011.

Letšeng:
A pre-feasibility study commenced in late 2010 for a growth project at
Letšeng,  and  is  anticipated  to  be  completed  by  mid  2011. The  main
objectives of the project are to:

(cid:2) increase  production  at  Letšeng  to  at  least  8.5 million  tonnes

per annum;

(cid:2) increase  revenue  through  the  use  of  appropriate  technology  to

reduce diamond damage;

(cid:2) reduce real operating costs by Maloti 14 per tonne (US$2 per tonne).

The current position of the pre-feasibility indicates an estimated capital
cost of US$250 million with the full project being approved in the second
half of 2011 and meeting the objectives by the second half of 2014. Of
this US$35 million is planned to be spent in 2011.

Letšeng  is  investigating  the  economic  viability  of  developing  an
in-country beneficiation facility to manufacture select diamonds from
its production to enhance revenues and margins.

Gope:
The Gope deposit in Botswana provides Gem Diamonds with another
growth opportunity in a stable economic location. Gem Diamonds has
been  granted  a  25  year  mining  licence,  and  2011  will  see  the
commencement  of  the  construction  of  an  underground  mine  in  a
phased approach at an estimated capital cost of US$85 million for the
first phase. Diamond production will commence in 2013 at an initial rate
of 100 000 carats per annum, being stepped up over time to a peak
steady state production of 780 000 carats per annum.

Ellendale:
At Ellendale, the results of the Resource Extension Programme which
commenced in 2010 will be available in mid 2011. The results of this
programme will better define the mineral reserve and life of mine at E9;
define the opportunity of recommencing mining at E4; and assessing
the economic viability of the E7 and E11 lamproite pipes. Front end
modifications  to  the  E9  plant  are  being  implemented  to  improve
treatment of wet, high clay content type ore, and are expected to be
completed in the second half of 2011.

Sales and marketing:
The Group has successfully implemented a new and improved sales
process following the approval by the Government of the Kingdom of
Lesotho of Letšeng’s new sales and marketing strategy, which includes
the development of Letšeng’s downstream activities and capabilities
which will allow for a more flexible and focused sales and marketing
capability to capture additional margins and grow diamond revenues.

KEY STRATEGIC GROWTH OBJECTIVES
2011 will see the implementation of a Group-wide growth plan which
will  seek  to  add  substantial  value  for  Gem  Diamonds  through  the
following initiatives:

Mergers and acquisitions:
Gem Diamonds will continue to monitor value adding opportunities
outside of its current asset portfolio.

5

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Business Review continued

GROUP FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
For the 2010 year, the Group reports revenue of US$266.4 million and
earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) of
US$82.0 million,  pre-tax  earnings  from  continuing  operations  of
US$54.5 million; profit for the year of US$36.2 million and attributable
profit of US$20.2 million. Traditionally the second half of the year has
been better than the first and again profit for the year increased by
US$30.1 million in the second half of 2010 from that reported at the first
half of the year of US$6.1 million.

(US$ millions)

Revenue

Cost of sales*

Royalty and selling costs

Corporate expenses
EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Share-based payments

Reversal of impairments
Other income2
Foreign exchange gain

Net finance income/(costs)
Profit before tax

Attributable profit

Earnings per share (US cents)

Earnings per share – 
continuing operations (US cents)

12 months
ended
31 December
2010

12 months
ended
31 December
20091

266.4

(147.9)

(23.2)

(13.3)

82.0

(31.8)

(1.6)

–

2.3

1.1

2.5

54.5

20.2

15

15

243.3

(152.1)

(22.4)

(13.2)

55.6

(25.3)

(5.6)

0.2

0.2

14.3

(0.2)

39.2

15.5

14

17

*
1.

2.

Excluding depreciation and amortisation.
The prior period’s figures have been restated for the reclassification impact of
accounting for discontinued operations.
Included in other income is share of loss in associate of US$0.3 million in 2010.

Revenue  was  generated  primarily  from  the  sale  of  rough  diamonds
recovered at the Letšeng and Ellendale mines.

EBITDA for the period was US$82.0 million, up from the prior year by
US$26.4 million from US$55.6 million and in the first half of 2010, by
US$63.5 million from US$18.5 million. Profit attributable to shareholders
for the period was US$20.2 million, equating to 15 US cents per share on
a weighted average number of shares of 138 million. Earnings per share
from continuing operations amounted to 15 US cents per share.

Cost of sales for the period was US$147.9 million before non-cash costs
of depreciation of US$25.7 million and amortisation on mining assets of
US$6.1 million.

The continued weaker trading of the US dollar against the Lesotho loti
(pegged to the South African rand) and the Australian dollar, negatively
impacted  US  dollar  reported  costs  during  the  period.  Both  these

6

currencies were significantly stronger than those of the prior year. The
US dollar traded 13% and 15% weaker period on period against the
South African rand and Australian dollar respectively. Reported US dollar
costs were also impacted by local inflation in Lesotho and Australia.

The  following  table  details  the  relative  exchange  rates  for  2010
compared to 2009:

FY
2010

H2
2010

H1
2010

FY
2009

Variance
FY
2010
to FY
2009

Lesotho loti per US$1.00
Average exchange rate for
the year/period

Year/period end exchange
rate
Australian dollar per US$1.00
Average exchange rate for
the year/period

Year/period end exchange
rate

7.32

6.62

1.09

0.98

7.11

7.53

8.42

(13%)

6.62

7.67

7.36

(10%)

1.06

1.12

1.28

(15%)

0.98

1.19

1.11

(12%)

Royalties  and  selling  costs  of  US$23.2 million  mainly  comprise  sales
commissions and royalties paid to the Lesotho Revenue Authority of 8%
and to the Australian Government of 5% on the sale of diamonds in
these  respective  territories. The  effect  of  the  new  internal  sales  and
marketing  structure  has  reduced  Letšeng’s  selling  costs  from  2.5%
previously charged by a third party contractor to less than 1.5%.

services 

subsidiary,  Gem  Diamond  Technical 

Corporate expenses relate to central costs incurred by the Company and
Services.
its 
Notwithstanding the negative impact of exchange rates (a large portion
of corporate costs are based in South African rand), corporate expenses
were maintained at the same level as 2009.

Discontinued operations
The operations in Indonesia and the Central African Republic (CAR) were
still  on  care  and  maintenance  during  the  year. The  Group  is  actively
seeking to sell off the assets at the Indonesian operation; whereafter the
Company will close that operation. As a result, the Indonesian operation
has been classified as ‘Assets Held for Sale’ on the Group’s Balance Sheet.
The assets and equipment at the CAR operation were sold by year end.
The CAR operation is now closed and is no longer carried on the Group’s
Balance Sheet. All care and maintenance costs incurred during the year
at the operations in Indonesia and CAR have been disclosed separately
in the Income Statement under Discontinued Operations. The Group has
incurred a net cost of US$0.1 million on these operations during the
period  after  the  sale  of  certain  of  their  assets,  which  is  disclosed  in
Discontinued Operations on page 89. There was no impact on the overall
earnings per share.

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Share-based payments
Share-based payment costs for the year decreased to US$1.6 million,
comprising the allocation of the share option awards to staff in early
2008 and the final costs associated with the Executive Share Growth Plan
which ended in February 2010, and for which no vesting took place. On
23 June 2010, the Company announced that 1.3 million options were
awarded to Directors and senior employees. The share-based payment
cost associated with this new award has impacted the current year’s
charge by US$0.4 million.

Forex
Foreign exchange gains relate to gains on the conversion of US dollar
revenue  into  local  currency  at  Letšeng,  losses  on  exchange  rate
fluctuations on Sterling denominated cash held by the Company and
realised hedges entered into by Kimberley Diamonds during the period.

Net finance income
Net finance income comprises interest received of US$4.1 million. This
was  predominantly  generated  on  surplus  cash  from  the  Letšeng
operation  against  US$1.6 million  charged  to  the  Income  Statement,
representing  the  impact  of  unwinding  the  current  environmental
provisions.

Tax
The effective tax rate in the year for the Group is 33% from continuing
operations, above the UK statutory tax rate of 28%. The increase over the
statutory  rate  is  predominately  driven  by  the  dividends  declared  at
Letšeng during the second half of the year which resulted in a 10%
withholding tax payable in Lesotho. The tax rate of the Group is driven by
tax of 25% on profits generated by Letšeng Diamonds, withholding tax
of 10% on dividends and deferred tax assets not recognised on losses
incurred in non-trading operations.

Non-controlling interests
Non-controlling  interests  represent  30%  of  the  profits  in  Letšeng
Diamonds,  which  are  attributable  to  the  Company’s  partner,  the
Government of the Kingdom of Lesotho.

Blina Diamonds
During February  2010,  Blina  Diamonds  NL  (a  diamond  exploration
company), which is a listed company on the Australian Stock Exchange
and previously a subsidiary of Kimberley Diamonds, raised AU$1.5 million
by way of a share placement. Kimberley Diamonds did not participate in
all of its rights to the placement and as a result, the Group’s shareholding
in the company decreased to 23.11%. During September 2010, Blina
again  raised  AU$1.5 million  by  way  of  a  further  share  placement.
Kimberley  Diamonds  did  not  participate  in  any  of  its  rights  to  the
placement and as a result, the Group’s shareholding in Blina decreased
to 19.52%. The initial decrease in shareholding resulted in the Group no
longer  consolidating  the  results  of  the  operation.  As  the  Group  still
participates in the financial and operating policy decisions, it maintains
significant influence in Blina Diamonds NL. The investment is therefore
accounted  for  as  an  associate,  resulting  in  the  Group  carrying
US$0.3 million of its share of the losses, after realising a US$2.7 million
gain, reflected in other operating income, following its loss of control and
resultant deconsolidation. Blina Diamonds NL has a 30 June year end.

Impairments
No impairments on non-current assets were identified in the period.

CASH AND DEBT
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ Bank) has issued
performance  guarantees  on  behalf  of  Kimberley  Diamonds  to  the
amount of US$9.2 million, of which US$6.9 million is cash-backed to
support environmental obligation for protection of the land on which
mining, mining related activities or exploration is conducted.

The Group has US$129.8 million cash on hand (of which US$109.0 million
is attributable and US$5.3 million is restricted), of this US$4.2 million was
released after year end.

Group cash was supplemented by a net cash inflow from operations for
the  year  of  US$94.0 million.  Investments  in  property,  plant  and
equipment amounted to US$77.5 million. The largest component of this
investment was US$57.1 million, incurred in waste stripping at both
mining operations. For Letšeng, plant and equipment investment relates
to infrastructure costs associated with the life of mine extension. For
Kimberley Diamonds, this relates to the increased treatment rate at the
Ellendale E9 plant which required additional slimes capacity and the
resource extension programme which was approved during the year.

Inventory
Group diamond inventory from continuing operations at year end was
US$16.6 million, up from US$14.1 million at the previous year end.

OPERATIONAL REVIEWS

LESOTHO

Gem Diamonds owns 70% of Letšeng Diamonds (Letšeng) in partnership
with  the  Government  of  the  Kingdom  of  Lesotho,  which  owns  the
remaining 30%. Letšeng was acquired in mid 2006 and has continued to
deliver exceptional returns for its shareholders. Since Gem Diamonds
took control, Letšeng’s annual production has risen from 55 000 carats in
2006 to 90 933 carats in 2010.

Sales and marketing strategy
In August 2010, Letšeng gained full control of its sales and marketing for
the first time due to the expiry of the previous marketing contract with its
agent. Subsequently a Gem Diamonds, Antwerp based subsidiary has
been responsible for the sale of Letšeng’s production. The new sales and
marketing strategy provides Letšeng with complete flexibility and control
over the marketing of its rough production at a far lower marketing cost.
Management believes that this new strategy has significantly contributed
to the substantial price uplift achieved under these new arrangements. A
key element of the new sales and marketing strategy will be to develop
Letšeng’s downstream activities and capabilities.

Letšeng generally holds ten tenders annually, two in each of the first and
third quarters and three in each of the second and fourth quarters.

7

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Business Review continued

Prices achieved
The increase in prices for Letšeng’s unique diamonds has resulted in an
average price of US$2 149 per carat being achieved for the year, a 40%
increase over the average price of US$1 534 per carat in 2009.

The average US$ per carat achieved for the first nine months of the year
was US$1 712 per carat. However, in the last quarter, the combination of
the rollout of the new sales and marketing strategy, rising diamond prices
and the sale of three exceptional white +100 carat diamonds, resulted in
a very substantial uplift of 96% in prices when comparing the fourth
quarter 2010 to the third quarter 2010. The fourth quarter average price
of US$3 291 per carat was the highest quarterly average price achieved
for Letšeng’s production.

Diamond sales

No. carats sold

Average US$per carat

Year ended
31 December
2010

Year ended
31 December
2009

88 564

2 149

101 599

1 534

In 2010, more than 500 rough diamonds greater than 10.8 carats in size
(+10.8 carats), were recovered at Letšeng, contributing to more than 72%
of total revenue at Letšeng. A total of 104 diamonds sold at prices greater
than US$20 000 per carat, contributing revenue of US$103.5 million; this
included a 4.68 carat blue diamond which sold for a Letšeng record of
US$155 000 per carat. In the fourth quarter, three remarkable diamonds –
a 196 carat, a 184 carat and a 116 carat were recovered, and sold for
US$28.5 million, equating to an average price of US$57 400 per carat. The
unique nature of Letšeng’s resource with its high frequency of large
diamonds is detailed in the table below.

Frequency of recoveries of large diamonds at Letšeng

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

>100 carats

60-100 carats

No of

30-60 carats

diamonds

20-30 carats

6

7

30

49

5

14

40

47

5

9

39

65

7

16

74

88

5

10

76

98

6

10

61

89

Total
diamonds
>20 carats

92

106

118

185

189

166

Financial performance
Letšeng Diamonds continues to deliver strong operational and financial
results generating revenue of US$190.3 million from diamond sales and
EBITDA of US$89.9 million.

Year ended
31 December
20104

Year ended
31 December
20094

190.3

(81.8)

(18.6)

89.9

163.9

(87.7)

(17.7)

58.5

US$(millions)

Sales

Cost of sales*

Royalty and selling costs
EBITDA

8

US$(millions)

Physicals

Tonnes treated

Waste tonnes mined

Carats recovered
Carats sold3
US$(per unit)

Exchange rate (average)

Average price per carat (rough)
Cash cost per tonne treated1
Operating cost per tonne treated2
Waste cash cost per tonne mined
Local currency (per unit)

Cash cost per tonne treated1
Operating cost per tonne treated2
Waste cash cost per tonne mined
Other operating information (US$m)

Waste capitalised

Waste amortised

Depreciation and amortisation

Capital expenditure

Year ended
31 December
20104

Year ended
31 December
20094

7 557 079

11 676 931

90 933

88 564

7 549 386

8 072 032

90 878

101 599

7.32

2 149

14.51

10.79

3.01

Lesotho loti

106.17

78.93

22.00

(40.3)

(10.2)

(21.5)

12.3

8.42

1 534

10.80

11.66

2.59

90.90

98.14

21.76

(22.4)

(22.5)

(17.7)

12.1

Excluding depreciation and amortisation.

*
1.  Cash costs represents all operating costs, excluding royalty and selling costs,

depreciation, mine amortisation and all other non-cash charges.

3.
4.

2. Operating costs excludes royalty and selling costs and depreciation and mine
amortisation, and includes inventory, waste and ore stockpile adjustments.
Excludes sale of polished diamonds.
Letšeng’s revenue includes US$8.6 million from the sale of diamonds purchased
by the Group as part of its Polishing Project. Included in EBITDA is US$2.2 million
profit generated on the portion of diamonds purchased by the Group and not
sold by the end of December. These values have been eliminated in the
consolidated Group results.

Costs
Local currency cash costs per tonne treated for the period were Maloti
106.17 relative to the prior period of Maloti 90.90. Unit cash costs for ore
mined,  waste  moved  and  ore  treated  have,  in  local  currency  terms,
increased  slightly  below  inflation.  However,  total  unit  cash  costs  per
tonne treated have increased in direct proportion to the increased waste
moved in the period of 3.6 million tonnes, relative to the prior year. Total
operating costs for the year decreased to Maloti 78.93 per tonne from
Maloti  98.14  per  tonne,  mainly  as  a  result  of  a  decrease  in  waste
amortisation  during  the  period. Waste  amortisation  is  currently  only
associated with the Satellite pipe. Total cash costs before the impact of
waste cash costs increased from Maloti 67.64 in 2009 to Maloti 72.18 per
tonne treated in 2010, reflecting a 6.7% increase.

Operational report
For 2010, the Letšeng mine recovered a total of 90 933 carats, an increase
of 0.1% over the previous year. This was despite a higher percentage of
ore being mined from the lower grade Main pipe and Alluvial Ventures’
recovered grade from the stockpile being 33% below expectation at
0.47 carats per hundred tonnes; the lower recovered grade by Alluvial
Ventures  reduced  Letšeng’s  overall  recovered  grade  for  the  year  to
1.20 carats per hundred tonnes, similar to 2009. Indications that the Main

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

pipe was performing better than expectations were confirmed in the
last  quarter  of  the  year  when  the  Main  pipe  was  mined  exclusively,
achieving  a  recovered  grade  of  1.47  carats  per  hundred  tonnes.
Significantly, during this time the Main pipe also produced several large,
high quality diamonds.

During 2010, more ore was sourced from the Main pipe than in 2009;
with 81% of the ore treated through Plants No 1 and 2 being sourced
from that pipe. Both plants continue to perform consistently and above
nameplate capacity.

LETSˇENG ANNUAL THROUGHPUT THROUGH PLANTS 1 AND 2

Key

Plant 1

Plant 2

Combined

6.06.0

6 000 000

5 000 000
4.84.8

4 000 000

3.63.6

3 000 000

2.42.4

2 000 000

1.21.2
1 000 000

4.98

0

5 461 059

5 605 968

4 485 630

0.08

2.30

2008

2009

4.17

2010

A number of operational improvements took place during the course of
2010. Plant modifications in the first quarter of 2010 led to an increase in
the  recovery  of  fine  diamonds;  and  improved  utilisation  resulted  in
increased plant throughput during the year, averaging 467 164 tonnes
per  month  compared  to  455  088  tonnes  per  month  in  2009. These
improvements  are  expected  to  be  bedded  down  in  a  sustainable
manner during 2011. In addition, further recovery process optimisation
is  planned  during  2011,  aiming  to  provide  incremental  production
increases.

In 2009 the operational focus at Letšeng had been to maximise cashflow
by deferring waste stripping in the Satellite pipe. As a result of this, in
2010, waste stripping (almost all of which took place in the Satellite pipe)
increased by 49% to 12 million tonnes.

Cost reduction remained a focus, particularly within the mining process.
During the year, redesign of the blasting pattern used in both pipes took
place, with explosive consumption being reduced by 14% in ore and 8%
in waste. This has resulted in annualised savings of Maloti 14.5 million
due to the lower consumption of drilling and blasting consumables. The
utilisation of larger trucks for waste stripping continued throughout the
year after the program was initiated in late 2009. Six larger rigid frame
trucks were added to the mining fleet during the year, with seven of the
smaller articulated trucks being retired. The addition of the new trucks
has resulted in improved availabilities and lower costs. This is reflected by
the contracted loading and hauling unit cost decreasing from Maloti
13.00  per  tonne  in  2009  to  Maloti  11.80  per  tonne  in  2010.  The
replacement program is continuing with two more rigid frame trucks
scheduled  to  be  commissioned  in  early  2011  and  another  four
articulated trucks being retired.

Electricity black-outs which were experienced during 2008 as a result of
ESKOM load shedding, have dropped to minimal levels with only one
power outage being experienced during 2010. In the event of ESKOM
outages, on-site power generation, installed in 2009, can supply one of
the two main treatment plants and the Alluvial Ventures plant. Power for
the second plant can be sourced from the Lesotho Electricity Company’s
Muela Hydro power station.

Diamond damage is inherent in the diamond recovery process, and with
Letšeng’s exceptionally high value diamonds, the financial impact of
diamond damage is that much more material. Crusher circuits in the
treatment plant have been identified as an area where modifications
may  prove  to  be  beneficial.  High  pressure  grinding  roll  and  cone
crushing  test  work  is  being  carried  out  in  Germany  and  Japan
respectively with encouraging early results. In addition, a high volume
X-ray recovery machine that could potentially reduce diamond damage
and operating costs was ordered in late 2010 for a trial period. Results
from  the  crushing  and  X-ray  tests  are  expected  during  the  first  half
of 2011.

The final pit designs for both the Main and Satellite pipes were revised
during the middle of the year; the key modification being an increase to
the  pit  wall  angles  in  the  Satellite  pipe.  This  has  resulted  in  a  20%
reduction in the life of mine stripping ratio. In order to maintain the
integrity  of  the  pit  side-walls  due  to  the  steeper  angles,  additional
geotechnical  resources  and  survey  monitoring  equipment  will  be
utilised in 2011. In 2011, a drilling programme will take place to improve
information  on  current  resources  and  confirm  the  continuity  of  the
resource below the currently defined limits.

Health, Safety, Corporate Social Responsibility and Environment
(HSSE)
Letšeng maintained an excellent HSSE system, retaining its 4 Star rating
in its external HSSE audit. The operation scored favourably in both its
legal
Environmental  Management  Plan  (EMP)  compliance  and 
compliance  audits  and  recorded  zero  major  and/or  significant
environmental  incidents  during  2010.  The  operation  continues  to
contribute to the upliftment of its project-affected communities (PACs)
through  infrastructure,  education  and  small  and  medium  enterprise
(SME) development projects. The operation achieved a Lost Time Injury
(LTI)  free  year  in  2010  and  has  been  fatality-free  for  two  years  and
nine months.

2011 and onwards
Management  is  focused  on  extracting  greater  value  from  Letšeng
through  substantially  increasing  production.  Towards  this  end,  the
Letšeng Expansion Project pre-feasibility study commenced during 2010.
Engineering companies have been engaged and are performing the
studies on key components of this project.

As with the majority of diamond pipes, an underground operation would
continue to extract ore once the open-pit had reached its economic
limit. Due to the high ratio of waste stripping required at the Satellite
pipe  (in  excess  of  7:1  over  the  next  12  years)  a  conceptual  study  to
investigate the relative economics of moving to underground mining in
order to effectively eliminate waste stripping commenced in the fourth

9

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Business Review continued

quarter of 2010. This study has now been completed and indicates that
starting  an  underground  operation  prior  to  the  completion  of  the
currently planned open-pit will be value enhancing to Letšeng. A project
team  is  being  assembled  in  order  to  advance  this  study  to  a  pre-
feasibility level, including the geological drilling needed to provide an
improved definition of the ore-body at depth and confirm the optimal
timing for the transition.

Prices achieved
In 2010, Kimberley Diamonds achieved an average price of US$475 per
carat for its production, an increase of 105% from the average price of
US$232 per carat achieved in 2009.

Ellendale diamond sales

Year ended
31 December
2010

Year ended
31 December
2009*

163 924

312 450

475

232

The development of Letšeng’s downstream activities and capabilities, as
well as in-country beneficiation will continue under the new sales and
marketing strategy.

No. carats sold

Average US$ per carat

AUSTRALIA

In December  2007,  Gem  Diamonds  acquired  Kimberley  Diamond
Company NL (Kimberley Diamonds). Kimberley Diamonds owns 100%
of the Ellendale mine in the north of Western Australia. The Ellendale
mine is a major producer of fancy and vivid yellow diamonds. Kimberley
Diamonds also held a 39% interest (which reduced to 19.52% during
the year)  in  Blina  Diamonds,  an  Australian  Stock  Exchange  listed
alluvial diamond  mining  and  exploration  company  adjacent  to  the
Ellendale mine.

During 2010, all mining activities at Ellendale took place at the E9 pipe,
which is renowned for its high percentage of fancy yellow diamonds
(11% of Ellendale’s total production in 2010). The lower value E4 pipe,
which was placed on care and maintenance during 2009 as a result of
the global financial crisis, remained as such for the whole of 2010.

Sales and marketing strategy
In December  2009,  Kimberley  signed  a  long-term  exclusive  off-take
agreement  for  the  supply  and  sale  of  its  fancy  yellow  diamond
production  with  Laurelton  Diamonds,  Inc.  (Laurelton),  the  diamond
sourcing and polishing subsidiary of global high-end jeweller, Tiffany &
Co. This agreement was the formalisation of a sales relationship which
commenced in July 2008, and the prices achieved for Ellendale’s fancy
yellow diamonds through the global financial crisis have demonstrated
the benefits of partnering with such a highly regarded brand and major
player in the diamond jewellery and retail sector. In April 2010 Tiffany &
Co. launched its exciting Yellow Diamond Collection in Japan and into
the US market in September 2010 on ‘Fashion’s Night Out’ at its flagship
store on New York’s 5th Avenue. The first price review between Kimberley
Diamonds and Tiffany & Co. took place in September 2010 and resulted
in a 25% price increase which became effective from 1 October 2010.
The next pricing review takes place in March 2011 and will become
effective on 1 April 2011.

Up  until November  2010,  Kimberley  Diamonds  sold  its  commercial
production  via  tenders  and  direct  sales.  Gem  Diamonds  has  now
engaged with an electronic diamond auction company to market the
commercial  production  from  Ellendale  using  an  electronic  auction
(eAuction) platform. The first of these sales was concluded in December
2010 and early indications are that this eAuction system delivers best fair
market prices through increased customer interaction.

10

*

Prior year includes production from E4.

ELLENDALE SALES  COMMERCIAL DIAMONDS*

Key

Commercial diamond sales (carats)

Commercial diamonds avg US$ per carat

200000
200 000

180000
180 000

160000
160 000

140000
140 000

s
t
a
r
a
C

120 000
120000

100 000
100000

80 000
80000

60 000
60000

40 000
40000

20 000
20000

0
0

4.98

8
0
1
Q

8
0
2
Q

8
0
3
Q

8
0
4
Q

0.08

9
0
1
Q

9
0
2
Q

9
0
3
Q

9
0
4
Q

0
1
1
Q

0
1
2
Q

0
1
3
Q

0
1
4
Q

*

2008 and 2009 includes production from E4

ELLENDALE SALES  FANCY YELLOW DIAMONDS

Key

8000
8 000

7000
7 000

6 000
6000

5 000
5000

4 000
4000

3 000
3000

2 000
2000

1 000
1000

0
0

s
t
a
r
a
C

Fancy yellow diamond sales (carats)

Fancy yellow diamonds avg US$ per carat

4.98

8
0
3
Q

8
0
4
Q

9
0
1
Q

9
0
2
Q

9
0
3
Q

9
0
4
Q

0
1
1
Q

0
1
2
Q

0
1
3
Q

0
1
4
Q

250
250

200
200

150
150

100
100

50
50

0
0

t
c
/
$
S
U

t
c
/
$
S
U

4 000
4000

3 500
3500

3 000
3000

2 500
2500

2 000
2000

1 500
1500

1 000
1000

500
500

0
0

Kimberley Diamonds achieved an average of US$2 891 per carat for
Ellendale’s rare fancy yellow diamonds sold to Tiffany & Co., representing
an increase of 17% against the average price per carat of US$2 480 in
2009. In 2010 Ellendale’s commercial diamonds achieved an average
price of US$155 per carat, which represents an increase of 115% over the
average price achieved in 2009 of US$72 per carat. The full effect of the
negotiated 25% price increase for the fancy yellow diamonds will only be
felt in 2011 as this only came into effect in the fourth quarter of 2010.

Operational review
During  2010,  Ellendale  produced  166  708  carats  from  the  E9  pipe,
compared to 162 762 carats from the E9 pipe in 2009 (the published
total of 198 825 carats for 2009 included some production from the E4
pipe which was shut down in the first quarter of 2009).

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Carat production was below forecast, with tonnes treated and grade
contributing almost equally to the negative variance. The onset of the
rainy season at the end of each year necessitates treating ore sourced
from stockpiled material; mining operations only recommence in mid-
March after the end of the wet season. Due to the unusually high rainfall
during the wet season, particularly sticky ore from the stockpile was
encountered, which led to processing difficulties. The problems with
sticky ore experienced at the beginning of the year continued in May
and October due to unseasonal rain. This ore required blending with
harder, but lower grade material, in order to attempt to maintain the
planned  levels  of  throughput.  This  was  partially  successful,  but  a
permanent solution encompassing a change to the front end of the
plant is being implemented to ensure that wet, high clay content type
ore can be treated at any time without causing delays to the process.

The E9 recovered grade generally underperformed the expected grade
by 9% and ongoing work on updating the resource model is planned in
order to provide revised grade estimates during early 2011. Geological
work is in progress to improve grade definition in the pit. The lower grade
had  a  significant  impact  on  the  carat  production  for  the  year  and
is associated  with  plant  throughput  efficiencies  and  some  changes
in the internal facies and waste boundaries when compared against
the resource  model.  A  change  to  the  mining  plan  resulted  in  the
rescheduling of a waste cutback until after the wet season, pending
the outcome  of  a  revised  mine  design  based  on  higher  rough
diamond prices.

Waste mining for the year at 4.8 million tonnes exceeded waste moved
in 2009 by 21%. This increase is a consequence of the timing of waste
stripping according to annual mining plans. However, waste stripping
ended the year 10% below forecast due to the weather influence and
the adjusted mine plan as mentioned above. During the year the west pit
cut-back commenced and higher volumes of waste were stripped from
the east pit in order to expose ore for mining in 2011.

Financial performance
When compared to 2009, the current year’s results only include mining
from Ellendale’s E9 pipe. Kimberley Diamonds generated revenue of
US$77.9 million compared to US$64.4 million achieved in the year on a
like for like basis (E9 only). Kimberley Diamonds has again generated
a positive EBITDA of US$10.4 million, although impacted negatively by a
stronger Australian dollar.

US$(millions)

Sales

Cost of sales*

Royalty and selling costs
EBITDA

Physicals

Tonnes treated

Waste tonnes mined

Carats recovered

Carats sold

Year ended
31 December
2010

Year ended
31 December
20093

77.9

(62.6)

(4.9)

10.4

76.7

(61.0)

(4.7)

11.0

4 016 338

4 794 748

166 708

163 926

4 159 482

3 956 958

198 825

312 450

US$(millions)

US$(per unit)

Exchange rate (average)

Average price per carat (rough)
Cash cost per tonne treated1
Operating cost per tonne treated2
Waste cash cost per tonne mined
Local currency (per unit)

Cash cost per tonne treated1
Operating cost per tonne treated2
Waste cash cost per tonne mined
Other operating information (US$m)

Waste capitalised

Waste amortised

Depreciation and amortisation

Capital expenditure

Year ended
31 December
2010

Year ended
31 December
20093

1.09

475

16.07

15.61

2.86

1.28

232

13.82

14.71

2.88

Australian dollar (AU$)

17.51

17.01

3.11

(16.8)

(13.7)

(8.4)

6.5

17.68

18.82

3.69

(11.4)

(7.9)

(5.8)

10.4

Excluding depreciation and amortisation.

*
1. Cash costs represents all operating costs, excluding royalty and selling costs,

depreciation, mine amortisation and all other non-cash charges.

2. Operating costs excludes royalty and selling costs and depreciation and mine
amortisation, and includes inventory, waste and ore stockpile adjustments.

3. Prior year includes production from E4 and E9.

Costs
Local currency cash costs per tonne have been maintained at 2009 levels.
Whilst there were savings associated with not treating E4 pipe ore during
2010 as compared to the first half of 2009, the higher amount of waste
moved and the slightly lower tonnage of ore treated for the year (both
compared to 2009), has resulted in similar cash costs per tonne of ore
treated to 2009. Total operating costs per tonne of ore treated in 2010
decreased  by  10%  from  AU$18.82  to  AU$17.01.  The  costs  for  2009
included  a  substantial  stock  carry  charge  in  respect  of  lower  value
commercial goods, which were sold in the first half of 2009 and which
was not repeated in 2010. Current period cash costs and operating costs
per tonne are fairly similar as the waste to ore ratio in the E9 pipe is
approximately 1:1.

HSSE
Ellendale continues to achieve a high standard in HSSE management
and  also  retained  its  4  Star  rating  in  the  external  HSSE  audit.  The
operation  underwent  an  extensive  governmental  compliance  audit
during September 2010 and received commendation on environmental
practices  from  all  the  participating  authorities.  The  operation  has
remained fatality-free since it was taken over by Gem Diamonds and
achieved  an  LTI-free  year  in  2010.  Ellendale  recorded  zero  major
environmental incidents and continues to contribute to the progress of
its project-affected communities through focussing on projects related
to education, SME development and regional environmental projects.

11

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Business Review continued

2011 onwards
The Resource Definition and Extension Project commenced during 2010
with drilling taking place in both the E4 and E9 pipes. Drilling results are
expected to improve the grade definition and provide data on possible
extensions to the existing resources. Geophysical work across the lease
area has been completed and includes previously unsurveyed portions
of the Blina tenements. A number of drill targets have been identified
and will be followed up this year. Bulk sampling from the E7 and E11
lamproite pipes is planned for 2011 in order to provide further definition
of these deposits.

BOTSWANA

Gem Diamonds acquired Gope Exploration Company (Gope) from De
Beers and Xstrata in May 2007. Gope Exploration is the holder of a mining
licence covering the Gope 25 Kimberlite deposit in the Central Kalahari
Game Reserve (CKGR) in Botswana.

During 2009, the Company minimised expenditure on the Gope project
in  the  wake  of  the  global  financial  crisis.  However,  the  Company
continued with studies on the geological model and diamond revenue
along with a review of the mining model. A design for an underground
mine was modelled in 2010, eliminating the costly overburden stripping
of the open pit mine model. The revised mine plan envisages a phased
approach with a preliminary underground mine planned to provide early
cash  flow  and  improve  the  Company’s  knowledge  of  the  ore-body,
diamond valuation and metallurgical characteristics.

This plan was presented to the Botswana Government in August 2010
and the negotiations with the Government of Botswana officials on
mining licence terms were concluded late in 2010 and a 25 year mining
licence was issued. A decline was determined as being the most cost
effective access method, noting that excavating through Kalahari sand
will present a number of challenges. The Company is cognisant of the
environmental  and  social  sensitivities  of  operating  within  the  CKGR
region and is committed to implementing a fully integrated life of mine
rehabilitation  plan  from  the  outset 
in  order  to  minimise  any
environmental impact of the mining operation and to develop a positive
and long term sustainable legacy for the project-affected communities.

Camp construction is planned to commence during the second quarter
of 2011, following which, mobilisation for the underground access is
expected to begin early in the third quarter of 2011. Construction of the
processing  plant  commences  in  the  third  quarter  of  2012  and
production will start in the third quarter of 2013, building up to 720 000
tonnes, producing 180 000 carats per annum in 2015. Phase 1 of the mine
development has a capital cost of US$85 million of which US$22 million
has been committed for 2011. After an initial four year mining period, the
mine will step up production output over a period of time to a steady
state  production  of  3.4 million  tonnes  per  annum,  producing
approximately 780 000 carats per annum.

12

OTHER ASSETS
The  Group  is  currently  considering  its  options  with  regard  to  the
Chiri project in Angola and a desktop study has been completed to
review the feasibility of a small low capital mine option. The PT Galuh
Cempaka  mine  in  Indonesia  remains  on  care  and  maintenance  and
opportunities  for  the  sale  of  assets  and  disposal  of  the  company
continue to be investigated.

CUTTING AND POLISHING
During the year, Gem Diamonds acquired seven rough diamonds at the
Letšeng tenders, totalling US$8.6 million. As at the end of December, one
of the rough diamonds that were purchased in the third quarter of 2010
and cut and polished had not been sold and as such, is carried in the
Group  Balance  Sheet  at  the  cost  of  production  and  manufacturing.
EBITDA  in  the  current  period  for  the  Group  has  been  impacted  by
US$2.5 million (US$1.3 million on attributable profit) due to the Group’s
elimination of this inter-group transaction.

HSSE
Gem Diamonds continues to place a high priority on matters related to
HSSE management and as such, this has been a record breaking year for
the  Group  at  all  levels  of  operation. The  Group  achieved  its  second
fatality-free calendar year, bringing the total fatality-free hours worked
to 14.6 million (from April 2008). In addition, the Group completed 2010
without a LTI, resulting in a reduced Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate
(LTIFR) from 0.45 in 2009 to zero in 2010 with over 5.0 million man hours
worked. This is the fourth year in a row that the Group has outperformed
its LTIFR ceiling and the first year since listing that it has achieved a
LTI-free year.

All operations in the Group have maintained full compliance to their
Environmental  Management  Plans 
(EMPs)  and  no  material
environmental incidents occurred in the Group as a whole.

The  Global  Reporting  Initiative  (GRI)  guideline  continues  to  be
embedded throughout the organisation at all levels of operation as
part of the strategy to ensure that Gem Diamonds remains a responsible
corporate  citizen.  The  Sustainable  Development  (SD)  report  on
pages 17 to 44 details  the  Group’s  achievements  and  challenges  in
this regard.

Gem  Diamonds  remains  committed  to  operate  to  the  highest
environmental and ethical standards. In compliance with the Group’s
HSSE  policy,  every  operation  is  required  to  maintain  a  sustainable
environmental management system.

More information on this can be found in the Group’s Sustainability
Report on pages 17 to 44.

Key Strategic Objectives 2008 – 2010
For the period 2008 – 2010 Gem Diamonds’ Executives were tasked with
achieving the following:

1. Maintain appropriate health and safety standards and manage

environmental obligations

2.

Identify and conclude acquisitions that are likely to have a positive influence
on earnings and share price and increase the critical mass of production

3.

Successfully implement the beneficiation process at Let˘seng

4.

Potential acquisition of an equity stake in the Chiri project

5.

Successfully conclude the Mining Licence application for Gope and secure
funding and commence the project

6.

Successfully integrate the Kimberley Diamond acquisition

7. Maximise mine-gate revenue through optimised sale process

8.

Increase the confidence in the diamond resource base

9. Commission the second plant at Let˘seng within budget and achieve rapid

production build-up

10. Achieve planned throughput tonnes treated at all mining operations

11. Achieve budgeted recovery of carats at all mining operations

12. Achieve budgeted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and

amortisations (‘EBITDA’)

* Details are noted in the Kimberley Diamonds operational review in the Business Review.

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

2010
Achieved record safety
year for the Group

Several identified, none
met investment criteria

Approval received from the
Lesotho Government and
the plan is progressing

Project was put on care 
and maintenance in 2009. 
Alternative proposals 
being investigated and 
discussed with partners

Mining Licence awarded
and plans are underway for
an underground mine 
at Gope.

Achieved in 2008

Various initiatives for
optimised sales have been 
implemented: Let˘seng has 
control over its own sales 
and marketing; and an 
off-take agreement for 
Ellendale’s fancy yellow 
diamonds is in place with 
Tiffany & Co; Ellendale’s 
commercial diamonds are 
being marketed through 
eAuction platforms.

Significant improvement in
confidence at Let˘seng; 
work ongoing at Ellendale

Achieved in 2008

Achieved at Let˘seng in
2010; Not achieved at
Ellendale in 2010*

Not achieved for 2010 due
to a change in mining mix
at Let˘seng, however 
profitability has improved 
in 2010

Exceeded in 2010

13

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Business Review continued

GOVERNANCE
Gem Diamonds is an independent company which finances its own
operations via a decentralized corporate model. It does not rely upon
any financial support from the Government of any country in which it
operates  and  complies  with,  and  benefits  from,  as  appropriate  and
legitimate, all legal and regulatory requirements to operate.

No  actions  relating  to  anti-competitive  behaviour,  anti-trust  and/or
monopoly practices have been taken against Gem Diamonds.

It is now almost 11 years since the Kimberley Process was introduced
to the  diamond  industry.  The  process  has  grown  in  reputation  and
has contributed  to  the  virtual  eradication  of  the  trade  in  conflict
diamonds. Gem Diamonds is firmly committed to the principles of the
Kimberley Process and all diamonds sold by the Group are Kimberley
Process certified.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
The Board and Executive Committee of Gem Diamonds monitor the
Group’s  performance  over  time  using  a  range  of  key  performance
indicators (KPIs). These KPIs are reported on regularly by management
and provide a useful measure of the Group’s operational, financial and
safety performance. They are reported in this Annual Report to enable all
stakeholders to assess the Group’s performance and results on a clear
and consistent basis.

Safety:
(cid:2)Fatalities – Work related fatal accidents (ceiling 0 fatalities, achieved 0)
(cid:2) LTIFR – Lost time injury frequency rate (ceiling 0.40, achieved 0.00)

Environment:
(cid:2) Major environmental incidents (ceiling 0.00, achieved 0.00)

Operational Performance:
(cid:2) Tonnes mined – (target 11.9 mt, achieved 11.2 mt)
(cid:2) Ore treated – (target 11.9 mt, achieved 11.6 mt)
(cid:2) Carats produced – (target 320 820, achieved 257 641 cts)
(cid:2) Carats sold – (target 329 591 cts, achieved 252 490 cts)

Financial Performance:
(cid:2) EBITDA – (budget US$52.5 million, achieved US$82.0 million)

RISKS TO OUR BUSINESS
The  Group’s  operational  and  growth  performance  is  influenced  and
impacted  by  a  number  of  risks.  Many  of  these  risks  are  beyond  the
control of the Group but a formal risk management process exists to
assist in identifying and reviewing potential risks. Mitigating plans are
formulated and reviewed regularly to understand their effectiveness and
progress. The Group is focused on continuously analysing and assessing
the risks faced and improving the risk management process accordingly.
The following key risks have been identified by the Group. The list is by
no means exhaustive and may change over a period of time, as the
impact  and  likelihood  of  the  risks  is  assessed  as  part of  the  risk
management process.

MARKET RISKS PERTINENT TO THE GROUP

1
The period and stability of the recovery of the financial markets and the
impact  on  consumer  preferences  post  the  global  economic  crisis
impacts  the  Group  and  the  industry  as  a  whole.  This  potentially
compounds the existing short term imbalance between demand and
supply and the impact that this has on the diamond pipeline. Although
the  Group  cannot  materially  influence  the  situation,  the  market
conditions are continually monitored to identify current trends that will
pose a threat or create an opportunity for the Group.

A  change  in  consumer  preferences  away  from  diamonds  due  to
negative sentiment  towards  diamonds  and/or  diamond  mining  is  a
continuing risk.

OPERATIONAL RISKS PERTINENT TO THE GROUP

2
A major production interruption at either Kimberley Diamonds or
Letšeng Diamonds
The Group may experience material mine and/or plant shutdowns or
periods of decreased production due to a number of different events.
Any such events could negatively affect the Group’s operations and
impact both profitability and cash flows. The continual review of the
likelihood of possible different events and ensuring that the appropriate
management controls, processes and business continuity plans are in
place mitigate this risk.

Mineral resource risk
The Group’s ability to operate profitability in the medium to long term
depends heavily on knowledge of the Group’s mineral resource, which
influences the operational mine plans and the generation of sufficient
margins. Various bulk sampling programmes combined with geological
mapping  and  modeling  methods  significantly  improve  the  Group’s
understanding of the mineral resources and assist in mining the existing
mineral resources profitably.

Life of mine at Kimberley
The Ellendale E9 pipe has a relatively short remaining life. As highlighted,
the E9 operation makes an important contribution to the Group. The
Group  continues  to  review  the  current  geological  information  and
current lamproite resources with a view of identifying opportunities to
extend the life of the Kimberley Diamonds operation.

Health, safety, social and environmental responsibility related risks
The risk that a major health, safety, social or environmental incident may
occur within the Group is inherent in mining operations. The Group has
formulated and published policies in this regard and significant resource
has  been  allocated  to  review,  recommend,  implement  and  monitor
compliance throughout the various operations within the Group. Further
to this, the Group engages independent third parties to review and
provide assurance on processes currently in place.

POLITICAL RISKS PERTINENT TO THE GROUP

3
The political environments of the various jurisdictions that the Group
operates within may adversely impact the ability to operate effectively
and  profitably.  However,  the  geographical  dispersal  of  the  Group’s
operations internationally mitigates the impact of this on the Group.

14

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

FINANCIAL RISKS PERTINENT TO THE GROUP

4
Exchange Rates
The Group receives its revenue in US dollars while its cost base arises in
local currencies based on the various countries within which the Group
operates. The weakening of the US dollar relative to these local currencies
and the volatility of these currencies trading against the US dollar will
impact the Group’s profitability. The impact of the exchange rates and
fluctuations are closely monitored.

Inability to achieve profitability in the medium to long term
The  financial  impact  of  the  risks  that  may  affect  the  Group  may
individually, or in a combination, affect the ability of the Group to operate
profitably in the medium to long term. The various risk management
processes described above provide a substantial base from which to
assess, monitor and mitigate this risk.

GROWTH PLANS

5
Inability to achieve planned growth
The Group’s growth strategy is based on various studies, cost indications
and future market assumptions. Although due process in assessing the
viability, costs and implementation of these projects is undertaken, risks
with  regards  cost  overruns  and/or  delays  may  impact  the  effective
implementation thereof.

EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO THE YEAR END
No other fact or circumstance has taken place during the period covered
by the financial statements and up to the date of this report which in
our opinion, is of significance in assessing the state of the Group’s affairs.

CONCLUSION
2011 has begun on an extremely positive note. Not only have rough
diamond prices continued to increase as a result of perceived supply
shortages,  but  polished  prices  have  too  and  volumes  of  trading  are
pleasing. Management has been concentrating on delivery of growth
and control of costs. Much effort has been expended on these aspects
of the Company’s activities and it is pleasing to report to shareholders
the  fruits  of  these  labours. The  Company  is  very  well  placed  with  a
pipeline of opportunities and a balance sheet to fund them.

Clifford Elphick
Chief Executive 
Officer
14 March 2011

Kevin Burford
Chief Financial
Officer
14 March 2011

Alan Ashworth
Chief Operating
Officer
14 March 2011

15

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Mineral Resource Management

The  Mineral  Resource  Management  function  has  been  developed
throughout 2010 at both the Letšeng and Ellendale mines in recognition
of the importance of this function in measuring the performance and
ensuring the future development of the respective resource bases at
both of these operations.

The Letšeng diamond resource is characterised by the coarsest diamond
size frequency recognised in global kimberlite deposits. As a result of
this, a very high proportion (>80%) of the resource value is contained in
a relatively small proportion of the larger stone sizes, +10.8 carats. These
larger diamonds occur at a grade of approximately only 0.4 carats per
hundred tonnes of kimberlite, which restricts the sampling methods that
can be effectively employed to define and measure this resource. The
Mineral Resource Management and Development strategy at Letšeng
has therefore focused firstly on large ‘bulk samples’ of the ore-body at
current mining levels in different facies and secondly on improving the
geological understanding and continuity of the ore-body at current
levels and with depth.

The  Ellendale  diamond  resource  (E9  ore-body)  is  characterised  by
the highest proportion of fancy yellow diamonds occurring in global
kimberlites. These high value diamonds contribute greater than 75% of
the total value extracted from this resource, yet comprise approximately
only  10%  of  the  total  carat  production,  occurring  at  a  grade  of  just
0.6 carats per hundred tonnes of kimberlite. Similarly to the Letšeng
resource,  the  Mineral  Resource  Management  and  Development
strategy at  Ellendale  has  also  focused  on  large ‘bulk  samples’  of  the
ore-body at current mining levels and development of the geological
model with depth.

Resource estimates for the Gope kimberlite project were revised in April
2010 in an independent resource statement compiled by Venmyn Rand
(Pty) Ltd. These figures have not been published in this report and are
presented in the resource summary available on the Gem Diamonds
website – www.gemdiamonds.com.

Resource Performance
The  resource  performance  (grade  and  US$ per  carat  revenue)  is
measured against the end 2009 resource statement estimates (compiled
by independent Competent Persons, Venmyn Rand (Pty) Ltd).

Grade  reconciliation  is  based  on  expected  carat  production  from
provenance analysis of the various facies loaded and treated on a daily
basis  versus  actual  carats  recovered.  The  US$ per  carat  revenue
reconciliation is calculated in a similar manner, based on ore provenance
analysis versus the actual revenue recovered from the relevant tender
period. These resource measurements are important in order to highlight
possible resource under/over-performance, process problems, as well as
price gaps due to a changing market environment. (Note that the low
grade historical stockpile treated by contractors at Letšeng is excluded
from the Letšeng reconciliation).

16

Annual Grade Reconciliation1
(cid:2) The overall Letšeng 2010 annual grade reconciliation is 98%, or
just 2% below expected (1.46 carats per hundred tonnes actual
versus 1.49 carats per hundred tonnes expected) which indicates that
the  resource  has  performed  close  to  that  expected  from  the
independent resource grade estimations.

(cid:2) The overall Ellendale 2010 annual grade reconciliation is 91%, or
9% below expected (4.15 carats per hundred tonnes actual versus
4.54 carats per hundred tonnes expected). The shortfall in grade was
due  to  a  combination  of  plant  underperformance  and  resource
model issues. Corrective procedures have been implemented in the
last quarter of 2010 and an improvement is expected in the first
quarter 2011.

Annual Revenue Reconciliation1
(cid:2) The overall Letšeng 2010 annual revenue reconciliation is 126%, or
26% above expected (US$2 180/carat actual versus US$1 737/carat
expected). This increase in actual diamond prices is a function of the
recovery of several large +100 carat stones during the course of the
year,  an  improved  Sales  and  Marketing  strategy  and  a  strong
diamond pricing environment.

(cid:2) The overall Ellendale 2010 annual revenue reconciliation is 106%,
or 6% above expected (US$440 per  carat  actual  versus  US$416
per carat  expected).  A  revised  increased  pricing  structure  for  the
last quarter  of  2010  with  Tiffany  &  Co.  in  conjunction  with  a
strong diamond  price  environment 
this
revenue performance.

contributed 

to 

Resource Development Plans
To  ensure  resource  confidence  integrity  in  2011 and  in  the  future,
resource  development  plans  initiated  during  2010  will  be  further
developed during the course of 2011. The resource development plans
for both Letšeng and Ellendale will comprise increasing the number of
grade samples (and reducing the sample volumes) and compositing the
grade  samples  for  revenue  estimate  purposes.  In  addition  to  this
increased sampling campaign, infill drilling will be conducted at both
operations to improve the integrity of the geological models with depth.

During  the  course  of  2010,  extensive  infill  geological  drilling  was
conducted at Ellendale on both the E9 and E4 ore-bodies. In addition to
this  exploration,  drilling  on  high  interest  lamproites  and  exploration
targets is planned. Both of these drilling campaigns will continue in 2011.

Approximately 3 000 metres of infill geological core drilling is planned at
Letšeng, the majority of which is planned for the Main Pipe for 2011.

Mineral Resource Statement Reporting
The  Group  has  changed  its  resource  reporting  cycle  and  has  not
included an updated resource statement in this Annual Report. A revised
resource estimate will be completed in the first half of 2011 and updated
on the Gem Diamonds website. For reference to the resource statement
as at 31 December 2009, please refer to the Gem Diamonds website on
www.gemdiamonds.com.

1 All reconciliations are based on annual weighted averages

Sustainable Development Report

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainability at Gem Diamonds

1
Gem Diamonds Limited (GDL) is a global diamond mining company, focussing on the high quality diamond segment of the market in order to
deliver superior returns to its shareholders, create career value for its employees, while conducting its operations in a manner which minimises its
impacts on the receiving environment, Project-Affected Communities (PACs) and other stakeholders. The Group operates its assets with the
understanding that a sustainable business process is of primary importance in the creation of sustainable value for all parties involved in its business,
through the implementation of sound operational practices and execution of the Company’s moral obligations. Gem Diamonds is committed to
the development, implementation and maintenance of internationally recognised standards of health and safety, environmental, social, economic
and business management and strives towards adherence to the International Finance Corporation (IFC) Environmental, Health and Safety (EH&S)
standard. An IFC EH&S audit was conducted at both the Letšeng and Ellendale mines, and both operations achieved a high level of compliance to
the standard. These audits will be conducted periodically for all operating sites.

Due to the variation in operational maturity of the Group’s assets, strategic priorities differ between the sites. However, Group-wide strategic priorities
include continued legal compliance, the creation of a safe and healthy work environment for employees, the reduction of resource consumption,
minimisation of environmental impacts and the optimisation of community benefit derived from the mine. In addition, ensuring adequate and
integrated planning and provision for ongoing and end of life of mine rehabilitation comprises a focus area for the Group.

Data presented in this report covers the Group’s operations based in Lesotho (Letšeng Diamonds (Letšeng) – Letšeng) and Australia (Kimberley
Diamond Company (KDC) – Ellendale), and where relevant, projects under care and maintenance or ongoing development in Indonesia (P.T. Galuh
Cempaka (PTGC) – Cempaka), Central African Republic (CAR) (SOCEMCA – Mambéré), Angola (Chiri) and Botswana (Gope Exploration Company
(GEC) – Gope), as well as the corporate offices based in the United Kingdom (Gem Diamonds Limited (GDL)) and in South Africa (Gem Diamonds
Technical Services (GDTS)), over the period 1 January – 31 December 2010. Although some of the operations are not wholly owned by Gem Diamonds,
the Company has full management responsibility for these operations.

Report Parameters

2
Gem Diamonds has adopted the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) version 3 (G3) reporting guideline as the framework for its Corporate Social
Responsibility (CSR) programme. The Group published its first annual G3 based Sustainable Development (SD) report in 2008, containing information
on only a limited number of performance indicators (PIs). Subsequently, the GRI CSR monitoring and reporting system has been expanded
on significantly during 2009 and 2010 at the operations as part of the Group’s five year phased implementation programme as is depicted in the
table below.

Performance Indicator (PI) Category

2008 (%)

2009 (%)

2010 (%)

Economic PIs

Environmental PIs

Labour Practices & Decent Work PIs

Human Rights PIs

Society PIs

Product Responsibility PIs

Total PIs

36.4

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

6.0

45.5

30.9

31.3

55.5

62.5

0.0

37.6

66.6

63.6

53.3

70.0

69.2

0.0

53.8

The inclusion of the various aspects which are monitored and reported on at the operations are determined by Gem Diamonds’ management,
in consultation with the country management teams in order to ensure that material aspects are adequately highlighted and addressed across
the Group.

The 2010 reporting scorecard is presented on pages 41 to 44 of this report.

HSSE Governance

3
Health, Safety, Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and Environmental (HSSE) matters continue to be managed at the appropriate level in the
organisation, with strategic direction being provided by the HSSE Committee. The Committee reports directly to, and provides assurance to the
Gem Diamonds Board regarding the appropriateness and adequacy of HSSE management. The Committee comprises:

(cid:2) GA Beevers – Chairman (non-Executive Director)
(cid:2) M Salamon (Senior Independent Director)
(cid:2) GE Turner (Chief Legal and Commercial Officer)

17

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainable Development Report continued

The Committee has remained unchanged since 2008. Attendance at the Committee meetings in 2010 is presented below:

Committee Member

GA Beevers

M Salmon

GE Turner

Quorum Achieved

15 March
2010

8 June
2010

23 August
2010

23 November
2010

Attendance

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

Alan Ashworth (Chief Operating Officer) and Anneli Botha (Group HSSE Manager) attend the Committee meetings for reporting purposes, while
André Confavreux (Company Secretary) acts as the Committee Secretary.

2010 Key Performance Indicators

4
The HSSE Committee compiles and approves a list of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) in consultation with the Group’s operations, in order to
ensure the relevance of HSSE measurement and monitoring. These KPIs focus on measures that will ensure the Group’s continued focus on the
Triple Bottom Line and to flag risk exposures that may affect its Social Licence to Operate.

KPI Description

Achieve zero fatalities
Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) – Threshold ceiling of ≤0.40

Ensure 100% pre-employment medicals are conducted

Provision of Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT) at appropriate operations

Maintain at least a 4 Star Rating in the external HSSE audit

Ensure the development of full capability to report on selected GRI PIs by year end across the Group

Ensure compliance with permitted land clearance authorisations at all time

Ensure 85% and above compliance to rehabilitation plans
≤ 1 Major environmental incident in Group
≤ 1 Major stakeholder complaint/incident

*

Trends assessed in comparison with 2009 financial year. All trends reflected here indicate a desirable move in trend.

Target
Achieved

Actual
Achieved

Trend*

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Zero

0.00

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

90%

Zero

Zero

(cid:3)

(cid:2)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

Gem Diamonds HSSE Management System

5
The Gem Diamonds HSSE management system has been developed and continues to evolve in a manner that ensures that the Group’s vision
towards sustainable development is embedded into operational practice throughout the Group. The system follows a recognised international
format which is aligned with the ISO standards and the IFC EH&S guideline, but allows for appropriate variations across the operational jurisdictions
in order to ensure compliance with local legislation as well as taking due cognisance of cultural variations.

The HSSE management system focuses on ensuring that the Group’s employees’ and PAC’s health and safety are prioritised, that the receiving
environment is maintained in an acceptable condition for current and future generations, and that the Gem Diamonds Group creates a positive legacy
in its host communities. Group-level policies can be accessed on Gem Diamonds’ website – www.gemdiamonds.com.

5.1 External Assurance
IRCA Global conducted the third set of annual external HSSE audits at Gem Diamonds’ operating entities during late 2010. As in 2009, assets under
care and maintenance did not undergo external audits. In order to ensure consistency of evaluation, the same audit team was used at all the
operations. Letšeng and Ellendale’s performance in these audits over time is indicated below.

18

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

4 Star

4 Star

4 Star

4 Star

EXTERNAL HSSE AUDIT RESULTS

Letsˇeng Audit Score 

Ellendale Audit Score

3 Star

2 Star

Key

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

2008

2009

2010

Although the audit scores remained similar to the 2009 results, the operations’ consolidation of the 2009 audit outcomes and improved HSSE
management practices are evidenced in the record-breaking results achieved in 2010.

A detailed action plan has been compiled for both Letšeng and Ellendale to ensure the implementation of corrective action as required. The external
audits will continue in 2011 for all operational subsidiaries.

Our People

6
Gem Diamonds believes that the organisation’s strength lies in the high quality of people it employs and is able to retain. To this effect, the
organisation places a premium priority on its employees’ work satisfaction. In addition, because many of the Group’s operations are set in remote
locations, every effort is taken to ensure that staff are comfortable and provided with healthy activity options for after hours entertainment.

Gem Diamonds employs a total of 1 735 people (including own and contractor employees) globally1, of which 86% are permanently employed and
the remaining 14% are employed on a temporary basis. Seasonal variation of employment numbers is only applicable at Ellendale in Australia, as no
mining is undertaken from mid-December through to March due to the local wet season, resulting in unsafe mining conditions.

Country

United Kingdom

South Africa

Lesotho

Australia

Indonesia

Botswana

Angola

Total Gem Diamonds

Operation

GDL

GDTS

Letšeng

Ellendale

Cempaka

Gope

Chiri

Number of
Own
Employees

Number of
Contractor
Employees

Number of
Permanent
Employees

Number of
Temporary
Employees

5

22

178

220

77

4

34

540

0

1

1 036

126

9

2

21

5

22

1 066

328

30

6

34

1 195

1 491

0

1

148

18

56

0

21

244

Performance and career reviews for Gem Diamonds’ employees are conducted at the major centres and operations. The format and timing of reviews
are location specific.

1

Employment figures as at 31 December 2010.

19

 
 
GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainable Development Report continued

PERFORMANCE / CAREER REVIEWS 2010

Key

% of Employees

100

100

100

62

45

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

United
Kingdom

South
Africa

Lesotho

Australia

Angola

All employees, including own and contractor employees, receive comparable benefits where appropriate and as far as is practicable. Benefits received
by employees vary between host countries and this variation is largely based on legislative requirements of the countries in question. Costs associated
with the said benefits for contractors are included in the total contract cost and provision of these benefits are contractually controlled. Where
operations declare a profit and/or individuals meet set KPIs, discretionary performance-based bonuses are paid to employees. A total of US$6.1 million
was expended on additional employee benefits over and above salary costs. The following table represents the type of benefit per host country.

Benefit Description

Life insurance

On site health care (in excess of first aid emergencies)

External health care/medical aid

Workman’s compensation/similar

Disability/invalidity cover under workman’s compensation/similar

Maternity/paternity leave

Retirement provision

Stock ownership/options1

United
Kingdom

South
Africa

Lesotho

Australia

Botswana

Angola

Indonesia

–

–

/
(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

/

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

–

–

/
(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

/

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

–
(cid:2)
(cid:3)

/
(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)
/
(cid:2)
(cid:3)

–
(cid:2)
(cid:3)

/
(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

–

–

/
(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

/

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

–
(cid:2)
(cid:3)

/
(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

–

/

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

–

–

/
(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2)
(cid:3)
/
(cid:2)
(cid:3)

(cid:2) Employees (cid:3) Contractors – Not provided /Provision included in cost to company package

1.

Information regarding stock ownership/options is presented in Note 28 of the Annual Report

Retirement provision at Letšeng takes the form of a mandatory defined contribution plan. A total of 91% of employees qualify for this provision and
the company contributes 7.5% of salaries to each individual employees’ provision. The remaining 9% of staff comprise expatriates, who do not qualify
to partake in the contribution plan. These employees receive an additional salary allowance to invest into their own retirement plan in their country
of origin. The Australian legislative system provides for retirement provision in the form of superannuation at a rate of 9% of employees’ salaries
payable by the Company, while employees may elect the percentage that they themselves contribute within certain legislated limits, depending
on their salary band. 100% of employees in Australia are included in the superannuation benefit. In the CAR, the state taxes employers 18% and

20

 
 
GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

employees 2% of employees’ gross salaries for retirement benefit provision. At the Cempaka operation, a mandatory retirement benefit of 5.74%
(3.74% paid by the employer and 2% paid by the employee) is in effect for Indonesian citizens (for expat employees, provision is included in their
cost to company packages). GDL, GDTS, GEC and Chiri employees’ retirement contributions are included in employee’s cost to company package.

Gem Diamonds believes that a successful organisation is dependent on attracting the best talent; hence the company materially exceeds minimum
wages in all the host countries where it operates. Minimum wages applies only at the operational sites2. At Letšeng the standard entry wage is 24%
higher than the national sectoral minimum wage for unskilled labour. A variable minimum wage applies at Ellendale and in 2010, staff remuneration
was a minimum of 63% above the Federal Government determined minimum wage. At Chiri in Angola, the minimum wage paid to employees is
217% of the legislated standard entry wage, while employees in CAR received 350% of the legislated standard entry level wages. Cempaka’s lowest
paid employee category currently earns 12% more than minimum wage3.

The majority of Gem Diamonds’ operations are non-unionised, although all employees have the right of freedom of association. Only Letšeng’s major
mining contractor has formal agreements in place with a local union. A total of 5% of staff employed at Letšeng have chosen to join this union. All
of these employees are permanently employed by the contactor and no temporary employees have chosen to join this union in 2010.

A three-day strike by the mining contractor’s staff occurred at Letšeng in 2010. None of Gem Diamonds’ other operations recorded any industrial
action.

Gem Diamonds strongly believes that working in a healthy and safe environment, is a fundamental human right. To ensure that employees are kept
abreast of Safety, Health and Environmental (SHE) hazards, risks and operational changes, both Letšeng and Ellendale conduct compulsory daily tool
box talks/pre-shift briefings. In addition, these meetings facilitate a rotational review of existing SHE processes and procedures and serve as a forum
for discussion regarding SHE concerns and improvements. At operations that are on care and maintenance4 or ongoing project development,
weekly SHE meetings are undertaken. The operations recorded a 100% staff attendance at SHE meetings and 100% of staff are represented at the
SHE Committee Meetings through a system of employee-elected SHE representatives.

Ongoing SHE training at the operations compliments these meetings. Group-wide, a total of 11 420 hours was spent on dedicated SHE training in
order to ensure all employees obtain the required skills to undertake their work in a safe and responsible manner. Gem Diamonds believes strongly
in the empowerment of staff through ongoing skills training and promotes a culture that safety and environmental duty of care starts with each
individual. A breakdown by employee category is presented below.

Employee Category

Senior management

Middle management

Supervisors

Remaining staff

Hours of Dedicated SHE Training

252

438

1 560

9 170

Diversity of staff and management representation is considered to be a valuable asset to the Group to ensure diversity of opinion and management
approaches. Detail pertaining to certain diversity factors relevant to the Group’s operational governance bodies is presented below:

Governance Committee

Letšeng Board

KDC Board

Gope Board

Cempaka Board

Total
No. of
Persons

10

4

5

4

Minority
Group/

Male

Female

Local Expatriate
Persons

Persons

Age
<30

Age
31–50

Age
>51

8

3

5

4

2

1

0

0

3

0

1

0

7

4

4

4

0

0

0

0

7

1

2

1

3

3

3

3

During  2010,  Letšeng  appointed  its  first  female  CEO,  Ms  Mazvi  Maharosa,  a  Lesotho  national,  while  KDC  appointed  its  first  female  director,
Ms Lee-Ann de Bruin.

2 GDL, GDTS and Gope are excluded as minimum wages do not apply.
3 As compared to minimum wage for South Kalimantan.
4 Operations on care and maintenance and ongoing project development include Chiri (Angola), Cempaka (Indonesia) and Mambéré (Central African Republic). The Gope

project (Botswana) does not yet comprise a mine site, with only a small complement of staff based in Gaborone.

21

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainable Development Report continued

Health and Safety Report

7
I care, I protect, I achieve

“Ensuring every tonne is a safe tonne”

During 2010, employees of the Gem Diamonds Group completed 4.3 million man hours. As at year-end, Gem Diamonds’ workforce comprised 540
own employees and 1 195 contractor employees, of which 1 491 were permanent employees, and the remaining 244 were temporary employees.
Gem Diamonds regards any person at its operations as part of its own workforce and therefore ensures equal attention is afforded to each person’s
health and safety. Gem Diamonds continues to promote its philosophy at the operations that no job is important enough to be done in an unsafe
manner and that all accidents are preventable. This philosophy has now become part of the Group’s operational culture and has resulted in 2010
being a record breaking year in terms of health and safety performance.

Incident recording and reporting is conducted in compliance with the International Standards Organisation (ISO) standard. Certain of the applicable
International Labour Organisation (ILO) conventions and guidelines have been ratified by countries in which Gem Diamonds operates. However, all
operations ensure as a minimum standard, compliance with the host country legislation and in addition, apply the same ISO compliant incident
recording and reporting principles.

All health and safety frequency rates are calculated over 200 000 man hours.

Gem Diamonds is pleased to announce that zero fatalities occurred at its operations, bringing the total fatality-free man hours to 14.5 million5.

The Group-wide number of Lost Time Injuries (LTIs) has been reduced significantly since 2007. In 2010, a stringent Group-wide Lost Time Injury
Frequency Rate (LTIFR) ceiling value of 0.40 was set. All expectations were surpassed when the Group achieved its first LTI-free year since listing and
a total of 14 months LTI-free at the end of December 2010, over 5 million man hours.

GROUPWIDE LTIFR TREND 2007  2010

Key

1.20

1.00

0.80

0.60

0.40

0.20

0.00

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) 

1.06

0.48   

0.45

2007

2008

2009

0.00

2010 

5

The last fatality that occurred in the Gem Diamonds Group was recorded in March 2008.

22

 
GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

As a result of there being no LTIs at the operations, the Group-wide Severity Rate (SR) has reduced to zero in 2010.

GROUPWIDE SR TREND 2007  2010

Key

Severity Rate (SR)

250.00

200.00

150.00

100.00

50.00

0.00 

209.35

154.29

2007

2008

16.09

2009

0.00

2010 

Gem Diamonds recorded an absenteeism rate as indicated below. Since there were no injury-induced shifts or days lost, the absentee rate below
only includes sick leave days and days absent without leave.

ABSENTEEISM RATE 2010

Key

1.80

1.60

1.40

1.20

1.00

0.80

0.60

0.40

0.20

0.00

Avg. no of days/person

1.80

1.70

1.22

19.29

0.65

0.76

0.42

0.44

4.98

2.05

0.08

0.00

0.00

United
Kingdom

South
Africa

Lesotho

Australia

Indonesia Botswana

Angola

CAR

23

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainable Development Report continued

In order to ensure that a real risk reduction in terms of injuries at the operations is achieved, Gem Diamonds also commenced monitoring of total/all
injuries in 2010. Although improved reporting of minor injuries has been recorded, it is pleasing to note that the cumulative All Injury Frequency Rate
(AIFR) is continuing on a strong downward trend across all the operations. Minor injuries continue to be analysed on an ongoing basis by body
part and department in order to ensure that the operations actively manage hazards before they result in major harm. Zero injuries were recorded
at Cempaka, Chiri and Gope.

GROUPWIDE AIFR TREND 2008  2010

Key

AIFR 2008

AIFR 2009

AIFR 2010

Cumulative AIRF 2008

Cumulative AIFR 2009

Cumulative AIFR 2010

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

YTD

In addition to actual health and safety incidents, all operations commenced recording of near hits in 2010 as part of the monthly HSSE monitoring
system. A total of 1 589 near hits were recorded in the reporting period. Staff are strongly encouraged to continuously improve on the reporting of
near hits. All near hits are risk rated and high potential near hits are subjected to an incident investigation in order to develop an informed set of
corrective actions that aims to ensure the elimination of the identified hazards which may result in actualised injuries and/or property damage.

Due to the remote location of Gem Diamonds’ operations, each site6 has a fully equipped life support medical facility and is staffed by highly trained
occupational medicine/medical personnel. A total of 5 688 medical cases were recorded at the operational site clinics across the Group in the
reporting period.

Occupational diseases are closely monitored at the operations by the medical teams and such monitoring is based on site-specific occupational and
environmental disease risk profiles. Gem Diamonds recorded zero occupational disease incidents from 2007 to 2009, but recorded two incidents of
chemical burn, one case of temporary noise-induced hearing loss and the other, a case of a previous repetitive strain injury aggravated by the
employee’s work conditions in 2010. In order to address any system shortcomings which may have contributed to these cases, a comprehensive
external occupational health assessment was undertaken at Letšeng, while medical personnel at Ellendale, in consultation with external occupational
health and hygiene experts, conducted a thorough occupational health assessment during the reporting period and hazard and risk exposures
were detailed in the operation’s task-based HSSE risk assessments. Relevant corrective actions were implemented with immediate effect in order to
prevent re-occurrences and/or any other occupational diseases and conditions.

Gem Diamonds continues to monitor trends related to operation specific environmental diseases such as malaria, typhoid, cholera and gastro-
intestinal diseases, in order to ensure that effective measures can be implemented to protect its employees from outbreaks of these diseases.

A total of 24 major property damage incidents7 occurred during the reporting period over a total of 4.8 million machine hours, resulting in a Group-
wide Major Property Damage Frequency Rate (MPDFR) of 1.00, an increase from the MPDFR of 0.70 recorded in 2009. These are detailed per operation
based on the immediate cause that resulted in the damage.

6 Cempaka has only a first aid medical station, due to the close proximity of a government owned clinic.
7 A major property damage incident comprises damage in excess of US$5 000. This limit however, has been revised for the 2011 reporting period to US$100 000.

24

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

MAJOR PROPERTY DAMAGE INCIDENTS BY CATEGORY

Key

Letsˇeng 

Ellendale

Angola 

Botswana

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

7

5

3

3

4

0

0

0

Fatigue

1

1

Unsafe acts or
operational
practices

0

0

0

0

0

0

Rock fall

Equipment
failure

Economic Sustainability and Governance

8
Data pertaining to Gem Diamonds’ financial performance is reported in the financial section of this annual report and is summarised in the Business
Review report on pages 5 to 15.

Gem Diamonds continues to operate its business with the philosophy that the creation of sustainable economic growth for all shareholders and
stakeholders is of vital importance. This philosophy underlies the basis of the Group’s business conduct and is applied to minimise significant impacts
on those who may be materially affected by its operations.

Gem Diamonds continues to comply with host country legislation in the payment of taxes and royalties.

The Government of Lesotho is a 30% shareholder in the Letšeng Diamond Company and is appropriately represented on the Board of Directors. All
capital expenditure at Letšeng is written off immediately for tax purposes. No assistance was received from the Australian government in respect of
KDC in 2010 and the Government is not a shareholder in the Company. No other financial assistance is received from host country governments.

None of Gem Diamonds’ operations make any payments in respect of land use agreements, other than those that may be outlined in operational
mine lease agreements. No in-kind contributions were made to any political parties, politicians and/or related institutions in 2010 by Gem Diamonds.

25

 
 
 
 
GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainable Development Report continued

8.1 Local & Regional Economic Benefit and Sustainability
The definition of local and regional varies between operations as is outlined below:

Operation

GDL

GDTS

Letšeng

Ellendale

Cempaka

Gope

Chiri

Mambéré

PACs

N/A

N/A

District of Mokhotlong

Regional

London

Johannesburg

Bothe Bothe

West Kimberley region incl. Broome

Western Australia

Banjarbaru & Banjarmarsin

South Kalimantan

Gope, Kaudwane, Lephepe & New Xade Ghanzi District

National

United Kingdom

South Africa

Lesotho

Australia

Indonesia

Botswana

Saurimo

Likaya Village

Lunda Sul district & Luanda

Angola

Bangui

CAR

Gem Diamonds has spent US$46.3 million on salaries and approximately US$229.0 million on procurement across the operations in 2010. In as far
as is practicable, skills are sourced from the local talent pools, but due to the expert skill requirements associated with mining operations, this is not
always practicable. However, both Letšeng and Ellendale have localisation policies in place and their progress is tracked on a continuous basis. Gem
Diamonds spent US$4.3 million on salaries from employees sourced from the PAC, while US$16.7 million was spent on employees from the regional
talent pool as is indicated in the table below.

Operation

GDL

GDTS

Letšeng

Ellendale

Cempaka

Gope

Chiri

Mambéré

Total

PACs (US$)

Regional (US$)

National (US$)

–

–

–

–

38 726

318 726

4 678 619

4 164 804

4 291 959

4 268 806

16 406 733

30 962 298

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

651 846

787 725

241 065

568 888

4 307 532

16 725 459

46 347 204

In addition, local and regional procurement is prioritised to ensure that PACs derive optimal benefit from the Group’s operations being located in
their vicinity. All of the operating sites have compiled policies to ensure that an appropriate strategy for their specific communities is actualised. The
country of Lesotho measures only approximately 30 000 km2, resulting in the country being highly dependent on South Africa for skills and services.
A total of US$25.9 million was spent on procurement in the PACs Group-wide, while US$70.1 million was spent with regional suppliers as is indicated
in the table below.

Operation

GDL

GDTS

Letšeng

Ellendale

Cempaka

Gope

Chiri

Mambéré

Total

26

PACs(US$)

Regional(US$)

National(US$)

–

–

8 890 937

–

–

–

2 477 352

3 235 026

87 883 839

16 796 366

70 038 516

133 551 454

221 852

149 683

–

–

–

–

–

–

375 554

910 548

210 188

369 533

25 909 155

70 188 199

229 013 494

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

8.2 Bribery, Corruption & Anti-Competitive Behaviour
Zero alerts in respect of bribery, corruption and/or suspicious behaviour were reported to Gem Diamonds’ independent international reporting
hotline in 2010. Given the promulgation of the United Kingdom Bribery Act, policies regarding corruption and bribery have been reviewed Group-
wide and all employees retrained in order to ensure a reduction in non-compliance risks. Changes to the legislation are expected to be enacted
in October 2011 and as a result, these policies will be re-evaluated in early 2011 to ensure that the implementation of such changes are undertaken
in an acceptable manner in each of the subsidiaries’ jurisdictions.

No notices of anti-competitive behaviour, anti-trust and/or monopoly practices have been lodged against Gem Diamonds since the inception of
the Company, and no legal action in this regard has ever been brought against the Group. Gem Diamonds supports a competitive business
environment based on ethical and sustainable differentiation from its competitors in the rough diamond industry.

Our Communities

9
Gem Diamonds continues to prioritise the relationship it has with its PACs and the regions in which the Company continues to have a material impact.

9.1 Corporate Social Investment
Corporate Social Investment (CSI) remains focused on health, education, infrastructure, small to medium enterprises (SMEs) and limited donations.
It has to be noted that two new categories were added to the CSI classification in 2010 in order to improve recording and reporting. Both regional
environmental donations and other costs associated with CSI (such as subject matter expert consulting fees) were previously included in the
donations category. During late 2009 and throughout 2010, both Letšeng and Ellendale undertook detailed community needs analyses in order to
identify where the operations could optimally contribute to the sustainable development of their communities while ensuring independence from
the mining operations. A three-year strategy was developed for each operation to implement these programmes and was approved by each
operation’s local board.

A brief description of projects undertaken during 2010 is outlined below per operation. Group-wide expenditure (in US$) to actualise these projects
is presented below and compared with 2008 and 2009.

Year

2008

2009

2010

Health

Education

Infrastructure

SMEs

29 391

32 022

8 146

124 129

155 854

257 408

993 895

5 276

272 536 67 721

251 537 51 568

Regional
Environmental
Initiatives

–

–

27 501

Other Costs
Associated
with CSI

Total

– 1 380 471

–

737 717

12 496

704 642

Donations

227 780

209 584

95 986

Health Projects
Ellendale supports the Healthy Lifestyles project in the Bunuba Aboriginal community of Fitzroy Crossing. Alcoholism, drug use and non-completion
of schooling are just some of the challenges faced by the indigenous people of the Kimberley region. In response to these social problems, the
Healthy Lifestyles programme was developed by several role players in conjunction with the Government of Australia. The programme encourages
young people to remain in school until year 12, maintain a drug and alcohol free lifestyle and to essentially break the poverty cycle. The programme
also provides continuous education and social support to maintain these healthy lifestyles, enable community building and promote and encourage
leadership development. Young men are rewarded by qualifying to join one of the local Aussie Rules football teams and partake in the CKFL Kimberley
Diamonds Company Premiership Cup competition. The Ellendale Social Club Initiative (ESKI), a club functioning solely on donations from Ellendale’s
staff, sponsored team sportswear in 2010 which resulted in great team spirit and pride. Young women are rewarded by qualifying to join the Kimberley
Girl programme, which aims to empower these girls through the teaching of skills such as grooming and deportment, job readiness and confidence
building. Ellendale has committed AU$25 000 for the next two to three years depending on the life of mine.

The Cempaka operation upgraded an existing maternal and paediatric healthcare facility in the Guntung Manggis village, including formalising the
ablution facilities and supply of medical equipment. The facility is serviced by State paramedics and the upgrade of the facility has drastically improved
the medical care for the PAC’s mothers and young children. The operation also donated much needed maternity ward equipment to the local
hospitals of the three villages surrounding the project site.

Education Projects
Since 2006, Letšeng has been offering full scholarships to Basotho students for tertiary qualifications relating to the development of Lesotho’s natural
resources and aims to foster social and economic development that will sustain communities well beyond the life of the mine. Applicants undergo
a rigorous assessment process before bursaries are awarded in order to ensure that the students selected are worthy ambassadors for their nation
and for the Company. The students attend some of the best universities in South Africa. To date, 32 scholarships have been awarded to 28 students
as  indicated  in  the  table  below.  Four  of  the  former  students  are  now  employed  at  Letšeng,  while  eight  are  in  the  process  of  completing

27

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainable Development Report continued

their educational internship programmes. Two of the former students are working for other companies and the remaining 14 students continue with
their studies.

Course

Accounting

Applied Science

Chemical Engineering

Electrical Engineering

Engineering Management

Environmental science/health

General Engineering

Geology

Internal Auditing

Mechatronics

Mineral Process Engineering

Mining Engineering

TOTAL

Diploma,
B-Tech and Post
Graduate
Diploma Level

Degree Level

Post Graduate
Degree Level

1

1

3

1

2

2

5

15

1

2

2

1

2

8

3

1

1

2

2

9

Letšeng hosts an annual golf day, the Letšeng Diamonds Classic, to raise funds to support vulnerable children in the Mokhotlong district who are
affected by HIV/Aids – either living with, or who are orphaned by the disease. In 2010, proceeds from the golf day were used to provide 180 girls with
school shoes and shawls, and 142 boys with school shoes and a pair of gum boots each.

Ellendale supported the Western Australian School of Mines 2010 International Collegiate Mining Competition and New Leaders Conference and
provided educational material to the Leave No Trace eco-tourism initiative. Several donations were made to other regional educational institutions
and initiatives.

The Ellendale operation places a strong focus on indigenous people’s employment. Throughout most of 2010, 8% of the total workforce consisted
of indigenous people. Ellendale has now set a target for 2011 of 15%. A total of 58 indigenous people partook in the initial screening process for the
2010/2011 Indigenous Trainee Programme and 15 trainees entered the programme. The intensive work readiness training and indigenous mentoring
commenced in November 2010 and comprises on the job training and formal training through the completion of the Certificate 1 in Mining
Resources and selected units of the Certificate 2 in Business skills. The programme is a joint venture between South Metropolitan Youth Link (SMYL)
community services, Bunuba Inc. and KDC. After successful completion of the course, it is expected that a significant number of trainees will find
permanent employment with Ellendale. Some trainees have expressed a desire to complete further training, while others will take the skills learnt
back to their communities. It should be noted that the excellent work undertaken by the operation regarding their indigenous people’s employment
training programme, has resulted in commendation from the Chamber of Minerals and Energy of Western Australia. The operation also invested
strongly in a complete review of the Cross Cultural Awareness training package. The revision comprised a combined effort between Ellendale staff,
Bunuba custodians and the Kimberley Technical and Further Education institute (TAFE) and will be rolled out to all employees in 2011.

KDC also donated funds to the Kimberley Aboriginal Law and Culture Centre (KALACC) to facilitate Law Time retreat and ceremony for members of
the Bunuba community, where community members are trained in Aboriginal common law and initiated in this respect. This is an important
community event that ensures the passing on of Aboriginal culture and principles to younger generations.

Despite the Cempaka operation still being on care and maintenance throughout 2010, Gem Diamonds remains committed to supporting its PACs.
Cempaka has donated 12 new computers and a printer to a state run elementary school in Palam village. The school has 100 learners, the majority
of whom previously did not have any access to computers. Another computer was donated for administration purposes to a junior secondary school
that has approximately 70 learners in the Istiaqomah village. A boundary wall was constructed around another school in the Guntung Manggis
village in order to improve safety for the school-going children. The construction of a perimeter fence and main gate of Madrasah Istiaqomah in
Guntung Manggis village was nearing completion by the end of December. The operation also donated a large number of text books to the two
previously mentioned schools. The books cover their entire curriculum and are held in the school library in order to ensure access for all the learners.
In addition, digital projectors, fans and garbage bins were provided to these two schools.

28

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Despite the Mambéré operation in CAR being placed on care and maintenance in 2009, a donation of equipment was made to the primary school
which was constructed by the operation during 2008/2009.

Infrastructure Projects
Since the start of 2010, Letšeng has conducted ongoing monthly maintenance on a 28km section of the sole access road for the district of
Mokhotlong – a critical socio-economic life line for the approximately 98 000 people residing in the region. Other sections of the same road were
upgraded and/or maintained by Letšeng during 2010. The 18 km access road to the community owned and operated eco-tourism facilities,
Molaraneng lodge and ‘Mapoka camp site, constructed by Letšeng and its contractor Alluvial Ventures, in 2008, was upgraded during 2010. This road
is also the only road servicing the entire Khubelu Valley village.

In 2009, Letšeng completed the construction of the ‘Mapoka footbridge and in 2010, the operation completed the construction of a second
footbridge, this time in the Molaraneng village. These bridges enable school children safe crossing of a local river which swells to dangerous levels
during the rainy season and allows the community safe access to surrounding villages. Both these bridges were constructed as a result of ongoing
stakeholder consultations.

Cempaka facilitated a major upgrade of the Bankal village mosque during 2010.

SME Projects
In Lesotho, upgrades were undertaken at the Molaraneng lodge and ‘Mapoka campsite to improve the efficiency of the eco-friendly energy systems
in order to reduce operational costs and thereby increase the community’s profit from the facilities. Letšeng continues to supplement PAC’s staff
salaries for the operation of the lodge and campsite until the skills transfer between the temporary operators and the community is completed and
the facilities can be independently operated by the community. During the 2010 winter, the Khubelu valley experienced a significant drought.
Letšeng received a request from the Khubelu valley community to assist them in the construction of a new well. This water supply project was
successfully completed in the fourth quarter of 2010.

One of the projects identified during the Letšeng community needs analysis (and subsequently included into the integrated 3 year CSI plan) is the
formalisation of the wool and mohair industry in the Mokhotlong district. The project will comprise the upgrade and formalisation of existing
infrastructure and systems, construction of new infrastructure and the skills development and education of subsistence farmers. Based on the current
population of farmers in the district, 5 300 people could be directly (26 455 people indirectly) benefitted by the project. The project will commence
in all earnest in 2011 with the construction of two woolsheds in early 2011. All equipment for these two sheds was purchased in December 2010.

The vegetable farming projects in the villages surrounding the Cempaka operation are continuing successfully. Cempaka donated funds to a local
co-operative to extend the farmers’ loan facility to enable farmers to purchase tools, implements, seeds, seedlings and fertilisers. The majority of the
twenty previously funded farmers are now sustainably producing a variety of vegetables.

In 2009, a freshwater eel project was developed and implemented in the Guntung Manggis village close to the mine. However, the project did
not achieve the desired success and sustainability, and was subsequently converted into a catfish farm in 2010 with the additional assistance of
the local government. Within three months, the thirty farmers directly involved in the project were able to undertake their first harvest. The success
of the project attracted attention from far and wide, resulting in the first harvest being celebrated through a formal ceremony sponsored by the
local government.

Regional Environmental Initiative Projects
Gem Diamonds made a significant contribution to the Jane Goodall Institute to effect the relocation of a female chimpanzee, Claudine, to the Chimp
Eden Sanctuary in Nelspruit (South Africa). Claudine was rescued by operational staff in the CAR in 2008 after her family was killed in the ongoing
bush meat trade. She has now been placed in a family group and will undergo rehabilitation at the sanctuary in order to give her as normal a life as
is possible after her removal from the wild. A television documentary is currently being made about her relocation/rescue mission, highlighting the
plight of these critically endangered primates in Africa as a result of the ongoing bush meat trade. Throughout the rescue mission, all Convention
on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES) regulations and protocols were strictly adhered to.

Ellendale continues to support regional environmental initiatives such as Leave No Trace; Toad Busters; the Chelonia Wildlife Rescue; Rehabilitation
& Release foundation; and Environs Kimberley. These initiatives are selected based on their direct positive impact on the environmental health of the
project site and surrounding areas. The wallaby enclosure on site continues to serve as a pre-release facility for wallabies which have required rescue
and rehabilitation.

29

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainable Development Report continued

Donations
Various donations were made during 2010 by all the operations and the focus was placed largely on cultural enhancement initiatives. This included
the sponsoring of the Garduwa Festival and Boab Festival which showcases Aboriginal and other local cultures. Letšeng supported the South African
Women’s  Association  in  celebration  of  Women’s  Month  and  the  operation  continued  to  sponsor  the  annual  Mokhotlong  High  Altitude
Summer Marathon.

In Botswana, Gope Exploration Company (GEC) sponsored the Western Kgalagadi Conservation Corridor (WKCC) Festival, which is organised by
Conservation International, Botswana Tourism Organisation and the Western Kgalagadi Cultural Association in October 2010. The festival forms
part of a comprehensive programme to establish a formally conserved wildlife corridor between the Kgalagadi Transfrontier Park and the Central
Kalahari Game Reserve (CKGR), while at the same time addressing the needs of local people through the development of a viable tourism industry.
The festival showcases the San culture and provides an opportunity for the nomadic community to strengthen important ties to other clans.

9.2 Stakeholder Communication and Engagement
Gem Diamonds continues to place a high priority on ensuring clear, transparent and informative communication with its stakeholders, including
regulators, PACs and other interested and affected parties. All of Gem Diamonds’ operations continue to maintain excellent relations with their
stakeholders and regularly meet with various stakeholder groups to exchange information that may be of use either in optimising benefits to
stakeholders and the operations, reach agreement on mitigation measures and/or management practices related to potential negative impacts and
to ensure ongoing goodwill relationships.

Limited discussions were held with the stakeholders of the Gope project during 2010, although all of the relevant stakeholders were kept abreast
of progression of the issuing of the operation’s mining licence. However, this will be a particular area of focus in 2011 for both GEC and Gem Diamonds
as a whole. An extensive body of work was undertaken in 2010 to ensure that if and when the Government of Botswana issued GEC with a mining
licence, consultations regarding the proposed Community Trust, CSI projects, PAC employment and other relevant aspects could commence with
immediate effect. Gem Diamonds remains excited about continuing its excellent relations with the PACs of Gope and looks forward to delivering
on promises made during the pre-feasibility and Social and Environmental Impact Assessment (SEIA) phases.

Environmental Sustainability

10
Environmental sustainability remains a major area of focus for all of Gem Diamonds’ operations. All operations have legally compliant Environmental
Management Plans (EMPs), extensive environmental monitoring programmes and waste management programmes in place. Total environmental
expenditure8, exclusive of general operational expenditure, amounted to US$1.4 million in 2010.

Environmental Incidents

10.1
Gem Diamonds is pleased to report that for a second consecutive year, no major environmental incidents have occurred at any of the Group’s
operations. Three significant environmental incidents were, however, recorded at the operations in 2010.

A waste oil tank spillage comprising approximately 250 litres, occurred at Letšeng in December. The oil was removed from the area and affected soils
treated at the onsite soil bioremediation area.

Two incidents occurred at Ellendale during the reporting period, involving i) a tailings spill of 40 m3; and ii) the merging of water from an ephemeral
wetland and the return-water dam, both of which have been reported to the relevant authorities. Clean up operations were completed to the
satisfaction of all parties and as there are no enduring effects on the environment, the matters have been satisfactorily closed out.

Gem Diamonds continually assesses all environmental incidents by category and has identified a rising trend in minor hydrocarbon spillages at
both Letšeng and Ellendale. As a result, a 10% reduction in hydrocarbon spills was selected as a corporate KPI for 2011 in order for the operations to
apply adequate focus to these types of incidents.

Resource Consumption and Management

10.2
Gem Diamonds remains conscious of resource consumption and as a result, has developed and implemented several optimisation programmes in
2010 – mostly related to energy consumption.

The  operations  continue  to  closely  monitor  the  quantities  of  resources  consumed. The  major  resources  utilised  at  the  operations  comprise
diamondiferous ore, waste rock, water and diesel.

8

Environmental expenditure is calculated as per GRI PI: EN30. Ongoing environmental rehabilitation costs are excluded from this amount.

30

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

As in 2009, mining was only undertaken at Letšeng and at Ellendale’s E9 section and tonnages are presented in the table below.

Aspect (tonnes)

Ore

Waste Rock

Total Mined

Ore Treated

2008

Letšeng

2009

2010

2008

Ellendale

2009

2010

7 034 017

7 459 706

7 419 610

9 397 219

4 080 076

3 803 559

8 719 443

8 072 032

11 676 931

14 821 017

3 956 957

4 794 748

15 753 460 15 531 738

19 096 541

24 218 236

8 037 033

8 598 307

6 604 163

7 549 386

7 557 079

8 310 152

4 159 482

4 016 338

Diamond mining is regarded as one of the cleanest forms of mining as mineral liberation comprises crushing, screening, washing, and at both
Letšeng and Ellendale, Dense Medium Separation (DMS). DMS is a process that utilises inert Ferro Silicon (FeSi) to separate the more dense diamonds
from the lighter waste rock. These mineral liberation processes utilise large quantities of water which is contained in a closed loop system in as far
as possible at Gem Diamonds’ operations in order to optimise water recycling. Water consumption since 2008 at Letšeng and Ellendale is presented
below. The water consumption trend at Letšeng has been consistently upward due to increased production, while Ellendale has seen an increase
in water consumption in 2010 due to the construction of a new slimes dam cell – a process that consumes large volumes of water. Group-wide, water
used from municipal sources comprised a low 61 m3 in 2010, while Group-wide total water consumption totalled 15.5 million cubic meters, a 28%
increase from 20099.

WATER CONSUMPTION M3 2008  2010

Key

2008

2009

2010

10 000 000

8 000 000

6 000 000

4 000 000

2 000 000

0

 9 428 136 

7 248 158

6 879 633

5 064 792

5 230 061

6 084 062

Letsˇeng

 Ellendale

9 Water consumption figures for Letšeng reported in 2008 and 2009 were updated in 2010 as part of a process to improve data monitoring and management. These updated

figures are reflected in this report.

31

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainable Development Report continued

Operations draw water from sources including groundwater, natural surface water and from operational sources (recycled process water). Total
Group-wide water consumption per source is depicted below.

TOTAL WATER CONSUMED BY SOURCE M3 2009  2010

Key

2009

2010

12 000 000

10 000 000

8 000 000

6 000 000

10 061 742  

7 503 496

4 000 000

3 500 517

4 260 253

2 000 000

0

1 114 354

1 193 402

Groundwater
sources

Natural surface
water sources

 Operational
sources/recycling

Water consumption at Gem Diamonds’ operations is also monitored in respect of the volume of water utilised per tonne treated as indicated below.

WATER CONSUMED M3 PER TONNE TREATED 2008  2010

2.35  

1.65

0.77

0.69

0.81

0.87

Letsˇeng

 Ellendale

Key

2008

2009

2010

2.50

2.00

1.50

1.00

0.50

0.00 

32

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

A major water recycling optimisation project was undertaken at Letšeng in 2010. A purpose built water purification plant was constructed to treat
water from the existing slimes dam as well as water from the Main pipe open pit. As at December 2010, up to 95% of the slimes dam return water
is utilised for mineral processing, as indicated in the graph below. This has dramatically reduced water consumption from the operation’s clean-
water dam. Some system modifications are still underway in order to ensure consistent optimisation results.

WATER CONSUMPTION FROM CLEANWATER DAM

y
a
d
r
e
p
3

m

6 000

5 000

4 000

3 000

2 000

1 000

0

01-M ar-10

01-Apr-10

01-M ay-10

01-Jun-10

01-Jul-10

01-Aug-10

01-Sep-10

01-Oct-10

01-N ov-10

01-Dec-10

01-Jan-11

Mining at Gem Diamonds’ operations is undertaken in the form of open pit mining, which comprises drilling, blasting, loading and hauling. Given
this system, all of Gem Diamonds’ operations consumed high volumes of diesel in 2010. In total, the Group consumed 23 million litres of diesel in
2010. Although Ellendale is a smaller operation than Letšeng, the operation consumes more diesel as all electricity is generated by means of onsite
diesel generators due to the absence of bulk electricity in the vicinity of the operation.

DIESEL CONSUMPTION LITRES PER OPERATIONS 2008  2010

Key

2008

2009

2010

2525

25 000 000

2020

20 000 000

1515

15 000 000

1010

10 000 000

5

5 000 000

0

21 126 537

12 705 511

13 161 015

9 794 362

6 742 828

7 625 073

0.08

2.30

Letsˇeng 

Ellendale

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainable Development Report continued

The volume of diesel consumed at Letšeng has been steadily increasing from 2008 to 2010 due to an expansion in production. In addition, with both
the Satellite and Main pipes deepening, the volume of diesel per tonne mined has also been increasing steadily since 2008 (refer to graph below).
At Ellendale, the volume of diesel consumed per annum decreased significantly from 2008 to 2009 due to the E4 operation being placed on care
and maintenance. However, due to operational expansion at the E9 section, diesel consumption per tonne mined peaked in 2009. Diesel consumption
at the remaining operations has been significantly reduced due to the operations and projects remaining on care and maintenance.

DIESEL CONSUMPTION LITRES PER TONNE MINED 2008  2010

Key

2008

2009

2010

1.60

1.40

1.20

1.00

0.80

0.60

0.40

0.20

0.00

1.58

1.53

0.87

0.43

0.49

0.51

Letsˇeng 

Ellendale

Other non-renewable energy sources comprise a small portion of energy consumption, with 10.5 million litres of petrol and Liquid Petroleum Gas
(LPG) being consumed Group-wide in 2010.

Gem Diamonds’ operations consumed a total of 151 757 614 KWh electricity from third party bulk electricity suppliers (i.e. indirect energy) as
compared to 1 071 240 KWh in 2009 and 1 053 519 KWh in 2008. At Ellendale, 21 262 588 KWh electricity was generated by use of the onsite diesel
generators in 2010. No other direct energy is produced and none of the electricity generated by Ellendale is sold.

Gem Diamonds’ operations consumed a total of 508 768 litres of oils, while 1 156 tonnes of ferro-silicon (FeSi) was used in the dense media plants
in 2010.

Biodiversity

10.3
Gem Diamonds’ operations are set in some of the most beautiful areas within varied and pristine biomes. As a responsible corporate citizen, Gem
Diamonds takes the utmost care to minimise its operational footprints and to develop and implement extensive and well researched EMPs and
programmes to ensure its negative impacts on the receiving environment and its biodiversity are minimised.

34

 
 
GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Operation

Letšeng

Ellendale

Cempaka

Chiri

Gope

Mambéré

TOTAL

Biome

Alpine

Tropical
Savannah

Marsh land

Savannah

Desert

Riverine and
tropical rainforest

Total Land
Owned/Leased
(in hectares)
(end 2010)

Area Disturbed
(in hectares)
(end 2009)

Additional
Area
Disturbed in
2010
(in hectares)

Percentage of
Total Land
Disturbed
(end 2010)

1 674

70 280

747

103

4 500

85 500

162 804

203

1 213

314*

3

2

3

1 738

35

13

–

–

–

–

48

14.2%

1.7%

42.0%

2.9%

0.04%

0.004%

1.10%

* Detailed surveys conducted at Cempaka to determine the exact area of land that was disturbed by mining activities and has led to adjustments from those reported in the

2009 Sustainable Development report.

Gem Diamonds has conducted extensive investigations into its operations’ impact on biodiversity. Apart from diamond mining being a clean form
of mining, the geochemistry of the Letšeng and Ellendale deposits are largely benign to the environment. There are no leachates at these operations
which may result in negative environmental impacts. All mining waste material is contained according to host country legislation as well as
international best practice standards where applicable. The only potentially negative environmental impact which may result from the mining waste
material is from suspended solids that may be released in water discharges from the operations.

No water sources are significantly10 affected through withdrawal of water at any of Gem Diamonds’ operations. At Letšeng, water is abstracted from
the purpose-built clean-water dam which contains all surface runoff water generated at the site and which forms part of the operation’s closed loop
water system. The dam has a 4.5 million m3 capacity. At Ellendale, water is abstracted from the Grant aquifer. The Grant aquifer is an extensive regional
aquifer, underlying in excess of 300 000 km2 of the Canning basin in Western Australia. The water table is situated at 50 meters below ground level
(mbgl) and extends to approximately 350 mbgl in the vicinity of Ellendale. The aquifer extends to as much as 2 400 mbgl in other areas. Based on
the operation’s detailed current groundwater model, the operation would withdraw only 0.002% of the affected aquifer compartment should the
total authorised volume be abstracted per annum. Ellendale currently abstracts only about 10% of its authorised quantities.

Neither of these water bodies support any endangered fauna and/or flora, nor do they comprise sources to any RAMSAR11 listed wetlands.

2010  was  a  year  in  which  extensive  focus  was  given  to  the  development  of  integrated  rehabilitation  plans.  Each  operating  site  compiled  a
comprehensive plan that optimises ongoing rehabilitation during the operational phase in such a manner that it will effortlessly integrate with the
End of Life of Mine (ELOM) closure objectives and plan. This has the benefit that the environment is restored to the ELOM objective state as soon as
is practicable, as well as limit the cost implications and escalations of leaving rehabilitation until the post-operational phase. In addition, it enhances
the care with which new land is disturbed as the cost implications become tangible. Due to the short remaining life of mine at Ellendale, rehabilitation
has been a particular focus at this operation. Environmental rehabilitation liability as at 31 December 2010 is presented in the table below.

Operation

Chiri

Ellendale

Gope

Mambéré

Cempaka

Letšeng

TOTAL

Site Total (US$)

240 000

18 233 130

43 059

–

1 483 917

13 525 996

33 526 102

During 2010, ongoing rehabilitation was undertaken at both Ellendale and Cempaka. However, due to the long turnaround time of this rehabilitation
and restoration, no areas have achieved signed off closure with the competent authorities. At the Mambéré operation in CAR, final sign-off from the
competent authorities was achieved subsequent to full restoration of the previously disturbed areas.

10 Definition of significant as stated in the GRI guideline is applied.
11 Ramsar Convention: An intergovernmental treaty on The Conservation on Wetlands of International Importance.

35

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainable Development Report continued

At Ellendale, approximately 750 ha of the mining lease at the E4 operation is overlapped by the Oscar Range Conservation Park. This conservation
park was established post the granting of the mining licence and covers a total area of 41 371 ha. This area is accessible to a limited number of
employees for environmental monitoring purposes only.

The Gope project site is located in the CKGR. As a result, the SEIA that was completed and approved in August 2008 was undertaken in such a
manner as to ensure that the operation would comply with the IFC EH&S standard. Special care was taken to ensure that every possible measure is
implemented to mitigate negative impacts on bio-diversity and the project-affected communities. A total of 212 animal species were identified
within the Gope Project Site, of which five species are listed as vulnerable species on the red data list in Botswana (International Union for the
Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN) red data list). These species are White-headed vulture (Aegypius occipitalis), Lappet-Faced
Vulture (Aegypius tracheliotos), White-backed Vulture (Gyps africanus), Lesser Kestrel (Falco naumanni) and Lion (Panthera Leo). Most of the other
species are widespread and found through most of Botswana – species linked to the habitat types available in the Gope Project Site are unlikely to
be restricted in range of habitat preferences since there are no significantly restricted habitat characteristics found within the Gope Project Site.

At Letšeng, a total of six endangered species occur, including Aloe Marlothi (Sebaea marlothii), Crane’s bill (Geranium multisectum & pulchrum),
Rhodohypoxis deflexa, Moraea alticola and Agrostis subulifolia. Four vulnerable species, including the Bald Ibis (Geronticus calvus), Cape vulture (Gyps
coprotheres), Black harrier (Circus maurus) and the Lesser kestrel (Falco naumanni) have been identified, while 129 species of least concern have been
identified.

At Ellendale, one species, Gouldian Finch (Erythrura gouldiae) has been recorded as being endangered, three as vulnerable, Wambenger (Phascogale
tapoatafa pirata), Bilby (Macrotis lagotis) and Ghost Bat (Macroderma gigas), while six have been classed as near threatened: Common Bentwing-bat
(Miniopterus schreibersii), Star Finch (Neochmia ruficauda), Grey Falcon (Falco hypoleucos), Bush Stone-curlew (Burhinus grallarius), Chestnut-backed
Button Quail (Turnix castanota) and the Australian Bustard (Ardeotis australis). Another 175 species of least concern have been identified.

10.4 Waste Management
All of Gem Diamonds’ operations are located in remote areas resulting in the need to optimise waste management at source. All operations have
detailed waste management plans in place which stringently follow the standard waste hierarchy.

The following waste disposal (in kilograms) took place in 2010.

Waste Type

General Waste

Industrial Waste

Medical Waste

Hazardous Waste

Waste Incinerated

Waste Recycled

Letšeng

Ellendale

Cempaka

Gope

Mambéré

138 349 1 078 000

7 344

137 500

760 000

190

4 428

18 299

82 338

–

–

–

62 628

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1 200

–

–

–

–

–

Chiri

3 600

6 100

–

–

–

–

During 2010, only Ellendale undertook on-site land filling of domestic and general waste material that could not be recycled, while at Letšeng, such
wastes are incinerated. Medical waste, when generated at the operations, is disposed of at licensed facilities – Seboche Hospital (Lesotho) and Derby
Hospital (Australia). Limited radioactive sources are present at both Letšeng and Ellendale and all related legislation is closely followed in the removal
of these sources from Gem Diamonds’ sites. During 2010, no radioactive material was removed from any of Gem Diamonds’ operations.

No transboundary movement of hazardous waste took place in 2010 and therefore the Basel Convention was not applicable to Gem Diamonds’
operations during the reporting period.

The following mining waste disposal (in tonnes) was recorded in 2010. No mining waste was generated at any of the other operations as no active
mining took place during the reporting period.

Waste Type

Slimes (Fines) Disposed

Tailings (Coarse) Disposed

Waste Rock Disposed

Letšeng

Ellendale

1 861 035

3 619 820

11 676 931

1 538 565

2 478 308

4 794 748

All mining waste structures, including waste rock dumps, tailings dumps and slimes dams, are designed and maintained to international best practice
standards. All the structures are monitored according to host country legislative requirements.

36

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Emissions

10.5
Gem Diamonds believes that each individual and organisation has a role to play in combating climate change in order to leave a planet for our future
generations that can sustainably provide for them. Extensive research was undertaken over a two year period at the Letšeng operation, where a
number of fuel additives were tested in order to determine the best strategy going forward. Results have shown that a fleet-wide fuel saving of
between 8% – 10% (depending on the type of equipment) would be achieved, resulting in a major cost saving to the operation. This would result
in a direct carbon emission saving of up to 2 612 tonnes carbon equivalent (COe) and a reduction of up to 35% in opacity, amongst other emission
reductions. In late 2010, the additive project was rolled out site wide at Letšeng and will be duplicated at other operations over time, where feasible.
This is the first project of its kind at a mine in Southern Africa.

Letšeng has also undertaken several other projects focussing on energy conservation. These include the installation of Power Factor Correction
(PFC) equipment to improve the operation’s electricity power factor from 84.5% to 95%. This has resulted in a 10% reduction in the demand
requirement. In addition, improved metering was installed to ensure appropriate recording of electricity consumption and a sequential load control
system was installed. Energy consumption in respect of heating has been reduced by 25% through the installation of heater time controllers, while
a 50% energy saving will be achieved once all heaters have been removed from the operation and replaced with under tile heating. Letšeng
has replaced the light bulbs in approximately 600 accommodation units with 6 watt micro chip technology Light Emitting Diode (LED) lights which
will reduce interior lighting energy consumption by as much as 80%. Traditional street lighting was replaced with high mast LEDs, resulting in
a 50% energy saving on this lighting category. In addition, the particular LEDs being used at Letšeng are 92% recyclable, with zero heavy metals
and other harmful chemical components. In late 2010, both Ellendale and Gope were investigating the implementation of the similar technology.
These  initiatives  will  result  in  a  significant  cost  saving  to  the  operation,  while  reducing  the  total  energy  consumption  at  the  operation  by
approximately 19%.

Ellendale partakes in the Australian government facilitated Energy Efficiency Opportunities (EEO) initiative. The operation has identified and publicly
reported on three significant opportunities that are currently being investigated. These comprise the modification and/or retrofitting of pumps in
the operation’s groundwater abstraction borefield in order to optimise pumping efficiencies; the automation of the 13 mobile lighting plants
currently in operation at the E9 section and the conversion of in-cabin air conditioners on the operation’s mining fleet to enable operators to switch
off the vehicle’s engines while maintaining an acceptable cabin temperature.

The operation’s carbon footprint related to direct emissions in 2010 is presented below.

LETSˇENG CARBON FOOTPRINT 2009  2010 TONNES

Key

Q1

Q2

10 000

Q3

Q4

5 000

0

Letsˇeng 2009 

Letsˇeng 2010

37

 
 
 
 
GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainable Development Report continued

ELLENDALE CARBON FOOTPRINT 2009  2010

Key

Q1

Q2

10000

Q3

Q4

5000

0

Ellendale 2009 

Ellendale 2010

A marked increase in carbon footprint was recorded at Ellendale due to production increases which came into effect in 2009, coupled by changes
in the reporting parameters stipulated by the Australian government, such as the inclusion of stationary equipment.

Effluents

10.6
Both Letšeng and Ellendale have been designed as such to contain all water in closed loop systems to optimise water recycling and to limit any
impacts associated with suspended solids on the receiving environment.

However, starting in late 2009 and continuing into early 2010, dewatering of the Main pipe at Letšeng was undertaken in preparation to restart
mining in the Main pipe. A total of 1 159 647 m3 water was released over 12 months. Water was released into a series of three settling ponds located
in the Khubelu valley and treated with a chemically inert flocculent in order to enhance the settling of suspended solids to ensure compliance with
the legislated limit. The flow of this release was carefully controlled to ensure that the impact on the receiving Khubelu river system was limited to
within acceptable levels. In addition, daily monitoring of the effluent for various chemical parameters was undertaken to ensure compliance.
Throughout the 12 months of controlled release, only one uncontrolled release incident occured. No negative environmental impacts resulted.

During the construction of the new Patiseng valley slimes dam, two incidents were recorded where water was released in an uncontrolled manner
from settling ponds downstream of the construction site. There were no negative impacts upon the receiving environment.

The only effluent release at Ellendale is detailed in section 10.1.

Legal Compliance

11
Compliance to host country legislation is regarded as a minimum standard for all Gem Diamonds’ operations. To this effect, both Letšeng and
Ellendale have compiled detailed SHE legal registers during 2010. Letšeng undertook its first external legal compliance audit and scored high in terms
of the level of compliance, with no major non-compliances being identified. However, some areas for improvement were identified and are
systematically being addressed at operational level as a matter of priority. Ellendale will conduct its first external legal compliance audit in early 2011.
It has to be noted that an extensive SHE audit was conducted by relevant government departments at the Ellendale operation and only minor
notices for improvement were raised as a result, with no legal non-compliances noted.

One labour dispute was brought against Letšeng in 2010 and at the time of compilation of this report the matter was still before the courts.

Ellendale recorded one case brought against the Company through dispute resolution mechanism in November. The matter was settled between
the Company and the labour broker of the contract employee in question.

38

 
 
 
 
GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Three workman’s compensation claims were lodged against Letšeng in 2010 for injuries that occurred in 2008 and 2009. Letšeng places a high
priority on exercising appropriate and responsible duty of care and hence, these claims were processed and payments made to the former employees
in a speedy manner. Ellendale recorded zero workman’s compensation claims in 2010.

None of Gem Diamonds’ subsidiaries, nor the parent company itself, were issued with fines and/or sanctions for legal non-compliances, other than
the cases outlined above.

Human Rights

12
Gem Diamonds takes the upholding of human rights of its employees and communities very seriously. To this effect, human rights training is included
in each operation’s employee induction programme in order to ensure that all staff (own and contractor employees – including security personnel)
are aware of the Company’s high standard in this regard and clearly understand their duty of care to their fellow employees and the PACs. Gem
Diamonds has ensured that only reputable and often multi-national firms, are appointed to manage operational security. This is done to ensure that
appropriate respect for human rights forms part of security personnel’s training.

Gem Diamonds strongly supports a policy of non-discrimination across all the factors of diversity and as a result, zero incidents of discrimination were
reported, proving that the policies are achieving their aim.

Where operations are located in developing nations, a risk of practices related to child labour and forced and/or compulsory labour exists. The
Company strongly opposes any such practices at its operations and as such, all operations have implemented culturally relevant policies to ensure
that such practices never occur. No reports of child, forced and/or compulsory labour were recorded to date in the history of the Company.

No incidents were recorded of violations of indigenous people’s rights. Gem Diamonds continues to work closely with indigenous communities to
ensure optimisation of the positive legacy that its operations result in/will result in to these peoples.

Ellendale continues to work closely with the community elected Bunuba Elders to ensure that all traditions, rights, sacred places and other aspects
of significance are adhered to, while operating on their traditionally owned land. Pre-feasibility investigations commenced in 2010 to potentially re-
open the E4 mining area and to undertake further exploration of known targets in the KDC mining lease area. A section of the area under investigation
is in close proximity to the buffer zone of the Devonian Reef Conservation Park, which holds special significance for the Bunuba People. An extensive
cultural and heritage survey was conducted late in the year to ensure that the Elders were given an opportunity to assess the potentially affected
area  and  to  identify  any  areas  of  cultural  and/or  heritage  significance. This  process  was  facilitated  by  a  highly  qualified  archaeological  and
anthropological team. Agreement was reached with the Elders during the assessment regarding which areas could be disturbed and which areas
were required to remain undisturbed. In addition, the Elders developed a set of guidelines and mitigation strategies for the operation to adhere to
in respect of any developments in the vicinity of the Oscar Range Conservation area.

An extensive body of work related to the optimisation of benefit to the PACs of the Gope project was undertaken in 2010 as part of GEC’s preparation
for the Mining Licence application. The majority of the PACs are strongly in favour of the mine being established at Gope and it is Gem Diamonds’
belief that the Social Licence to Operate which was so generously extended by the people of the CKGR during and subsequent to the completion
of the SEIA phase of the project, will continue to expand once the operation’s community trust agreement is finalised and CSI project implementation
commences in 2011.

There were no relocations of communities carried out in 2010 and none are anticipated in 2011 as no communities reside in such close proximity
to any of Gem Diamonds’operations. The nomadic Bushmen community who live in the Gope area have indicated on numerous occasions that they
have never historically settled, nor plan to settle, within the area earmarked for the mining infrastructure. They have also indicated that none of their
livelihood resources will be impacted by the mining operation. In order for this to continue to be the case, a detailed squatter management plan is
being compiled by GEC in order to ensure that project induced in-migration by persons other than those historically residing at Gope, does not
negatively impact these residents.

Product Responsibility

13
Gem Diamonds continues to comply with all the Kimberley Process initiative (KP) requirements. KP undertook audits at both Letšeng and Ellendale
during 2010 and both operations were commended for their level of compliance. Also refer to the Business Review page 5 to page 15 regarding
Gem Diamonds’ participation in the KP.

39

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainable Development Report continued

2011 Key Performance Indicators

14
As part of Gem Diamonds’ ongoing drive for continued improvement and the philosophy of proactive evolution of HSSE management, the following
KPIs have been set for the 2011 financial year:

KPI

Pre-employment medicals

Fatalities

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)

All Injury Frequency Rate (AIFR)

Provision of Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT)

Annual re-induction

External HSSE audit score

Sustainable Development Reporting

Environmental incidents

Environmental optimisation programmes

Land clearance

Rehabilitation plan

Group Target

100% of staff

Zero Fatalities

Zero

Not exceeding 5.05

Develop and implement an improved HIV/Aids awareness, education and
Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT) at affected and relevant operations.

Ensure that 100% of operational staff undergo annual re-inductions.

Existing operations: Maintain at least a 4 Star Rating.
New operations: Achieve at least a 3 Star Rating.

Ensure the development of full capability to report on selected
GRI PIs by year end across the Group.

Zero major environmental incidents for the Group as a whole.
No more than one significant environmental incident per operation.
Reduce the number of hydrocarbon related spills by 10% per operation.

Develop and implement at least one environmental optimisation
initiative per operation.

Ensure compliance with permitted land clearance authorisations at all times.

Ensure the full integration of the rehabilitation plan and mine plan,
and ensure at least 90% adherence to this plan.

Employee localisation

Each site to adhere to operation specific employee localisation targets.

40

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Reporting Scorecard
Performance Indicator (PI) categories are abbreviated and referenced in the report as follows:

EC: Economic PIs
EN: Environmental PIs
LA: Labour Practices and Decent Work PIs
HR: Human Rights PIs
SO: Society PIs
PR: Product Responsibility PIs
MM: Mining and Metals Sector Supplement Commentary/PIs

The level of reporting is indicated as follows:

(cid:4) Full reporting of PI
(cid:5) Partial reporting of PI
(cid:6) Not included

Performance Indicator

Reported on in

2010 Report

Level of

Reporting

Reference

Economic Performance Indicators

EC1: Direct economic value generated and distributed.

EC2: Financial implications, other risks and opportunities for the
organisation’s activities due to climate change.

EC3: Coverage of the organisation’s defined benefit plan obligations.

EC4: Significant financial assistance received from government.

EC5: Range of ratios of standard entry level wage compared to local minimum wage.

EC6: Policy, practices and proportion of spending on locally based suppliers.

EC7: Procedures for hiring local and proportion of senior management hired from
the local community.

EC8: Development and impact of infrastructure investments and services provided
primarily for public benefit through commercial, in-kind or pro bono engagement.

EC9: Understanding and describing significant indirect economic impacts,
including the extent of impacts.

EN1: Materials used by weight or volume.

EN2: Percentage of materials used that are recycled input materials.

EN3: Direct energy consumption by primary energy source.

EN4: Indirect energy consumption by primary source.

EN5: Energy saved due to conservation and energy improvements.

EN6: Initiatives to provide energy-efficient or renewable energy-based products
and services, and reductions in energy requirements as a result of these initiatives.

EN7: Initiatives to reduce indirect energy consumption and reductions achieved.

EN8: Total water withdrawal by source.

EN9: Water sources significantly affected by withdrawal of water.

EN10: Percentage and total volume of water recycled or reused.

EN11: Location and size of land owned, leased, managed in, or adjacent to protected
areas and areas of high biodiversity value outside protected areas.

EN12: Description of significant impacts of activities on biodiversity in protected
areas and areas of high biodiversity value outside protected areas.

MM1: Amount of land (owned or leased, and managed for production activities
or extractive use) disturbed or rehabilitated.

EN13: Habitats protected or restored.

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

Section 8, p.25-27

–

Section 6, p.20

Section 8, p.26

Section 6, p.20-21

Section 8.1, p.26-27

–

Section 9.1, p.27-30

–

Section 10.2, p.31-34

–

Section 10.2, p.33-34

–

Section 10.2 & 10.5,
p.31-34 and p.37

–

Section 10.2 & 10.5,
p.31-34 and p.37

Section 10.2, p.32

Section 10.3, p.35

Section 10.2, p.31-33

Section 10.3, p.35

Section 10.3, p.35

Section 10.3, p.35

–

41

Reported on in

2010 Report

Level of

Reporting

Reference

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainable Development Report continued

Performance Indicator

EN14: Strategies, current actions and future plans for managing impacts on biodiversity.

Economic Performance Indicators

MM2: The number and percentage of total sites identified as requiring biodiversity
management plans according to stated criteria, and the number (percentage)
of those sites with plans in place.

EN15: Number of IUCN Red List species and national conservation list species with
habitats in areas affected by operations, by level of extinction risk.

EN16: Total direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions by weight.

EN17: Other relevant indirect greenhouse gas emissions.

EN18: Initiatives to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and reductions achieved.

EN19: Emissions of ozone depleting substances by weight.

EN20 and MM: NOx, SOx and other significant air emissions by type and weight.

EN21: Total water discharge by quality and destination.

EN22: Total weight of waste by type and disposal method.

MM3: Total amounts of overburden, rock, tailings and sludges and their associated risks.

EN23: Total number and volume of significant spills.

EN24: Weight of hazardous waste transported, imported, exported or treated.

EN25: Identity, size, protected status and biodiversity value of water bodies and
related habitats significantly affected by discharges of water and runoff.

EN26: Initiatives to mitigate environmental impacts or products and services
and extent of impact mitigation.

EN27: Percentage of products sold and their packaging materials that are
reclaimed by category.

EN28: Monetary value of significant fines and total number of non-monetary
sanctions for non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations.

EN29: Significant environmental impacts of transporting products and other
goods and materials used for the organisation’s operations, and transporting
members of the workforce.

EN30: Total environmental protection expenditures and investments by type.

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

No

Yes

Labour Practices and Decent Work Performance Indicators

LA1: Total workforce by employment type, employment contract and region.

LA2: Total number and rate of employee turnover by age group, gender and region.

LA3: Benefits provided to full-time employees that are not provided to temporary
or part-time employees, by major operations.

LA4: Percentage of employees covered by collective bargaining agreements.

LA5: Minimum notice period(s) regarding operational changes, including whether
it is specified in collective agreements.

MM4: Number of strikes and lockouts exceeding one week’s duration, by country.

LA6: Percentage of total workforce represented in formal joint management-worker
health and safety committees that help monitor and advise on occupational
health and safety programmes.

LA7: Rates of injury, occupational diseases, lost days and absenteeism, and number
of work related fatalities by region.

LA8: Education, training, counselling, prevention and risk control programmes in
place to assist workforce members, their families or community members
regarding serious diseases.

LA9: Health and safety topics covered in formal agreements with trade unions.

LA10: Average hours of training per year per employee by employee category.

42

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

Section 10.3, p.35-36

–

Section 10.3, p.36

Section 10.5, p.37-38

–

–

–

–

Section 10.6, p.38

Section 10.4, p.36

Section 10.4, p.36

Section 10.1, p.30-31

Section 10.4, p.36

Section 10.6, p.38

–

–

Section 10.1 & 11,
p.30-31 and p.38

–

Section 9.1 & 10 p.27
and p.35

Section 6, p.19

–

Section 6, p.20

Section 6, p.21

–

Section 6, p.21

Section 7, p.22

Section 7, p.22-24

–

–

Section 6, p.21

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Performance Indicator

Reported on in

2010 Report

Level of

Reporting

Reference

Labour Practices and Decent Work Performance Indicators

LA11: Programs for skills management and lifelong learning that support the
continued employability of employees and assist them in managing career endings.

LA12: Percentage of employees receiving regular performance and career
development reviews.

LA13: Composition of governance bodies and breakdown of employees per
category according to gender, age group, minority group members,
and other indicators of diversity.

Human Rights Performance Indicators

HR1: Percentage and total number of significant investment agreements that
include human rights clauses or that have undergone human rights screening.

HR2: Percentage of significant suppliers and contractors that have undergone
screening on human rights and actions taken.

HR3: Total hours of employee training on policies and procedures concerning
aspects of human rights that are relevant to operations, including the
percentage of employees trained.

HR4: Total number of incidents of discrimination and actions taken.

HR5: Operations identified in which the right to exercise freedom of association and
collective bargaining may be a significant risk, and actions taken to support these rights.

HR6: Operations identified as having significant risk for incidents of child labour,
and measures taken to contribute to the elimination of child labour.

HR7: Operations identified as having significant risk for incidents of forced labour or
compulsory labour, and measures to contribute to the elimination of forced or
compulsory labour.

HR8: Percentage of security personnel trained in the organisation’s policies or
procedures concerning aspects of human rights that are relevant to operations.

MM5: Total number of operations taking place in or adjacent to Indigenous Peoples’
territories, and number and percentage of operations or sites where there are formal
agreements with Indigenous Peoples’ communities.

HR9: Total number of incidents of violations involving rights of indigenous people
and actions taken.

Society Performance Indicators

SO1: Nature, scope and effectiveness of any programmes and practices that assess
and manage the impacts of operations on communities, including entering,
operating and exiting.

MM6: Number and description of significant disputes relating to land use, customary
rights of local communities and Indigenous Peoples.

MM7: The extent to which grievance mechanisms were used to resolve disputes
relating to land use, customary rights of local communities and Indigenous Peoples,
and the outcomes.

MM8: Number (and percentage) of company operating sites where artisanal and
small-scale mining (ASM) takes place on, or adjacent to, the site; the associated risks
and the actions taken to manage and mitigate these risks.

MM9: Sites where resettlement took place, the number of households resettled
in each, and how their livelihoods were affected in the process.

MM10: Number and percentage of operations with closure plans.

SO2: Percentage and total number of business units analysed for risks
related to corruption.

SO3: Percentage of employees trained in organisation’s anti-corruption policies
and procedures.

SO4: Actions taken in response to incidents of corruption.

No

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

No

Yes

Yes

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

–

Section 6, p.20

Section 6, p.21

–

–

Section 12, p.39

Section 12, p.39

Section 12, p.39

Section 12, p.39

Section 12, p.39

Section 12, p.39

–

Section 12, p.39

Section 9, p.27-30

Section 8, p.25-27

Section 9.2, p.30

–

Section 12, p.39

–

–

Section 8.2, p.27

Section 8.2, p.27

43

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Sustainable Development Report continued

Performance Indicator

Reported on in

2010 Report

Level of

Reporting

Reference

Society Performance Indicators

SO5: Public policy positions and participation in public policy development and lobbying.

SO6: Total value of financial and in-kind contributions to political parties, politicians
and related institutions by country.

SO7: Total number of legal actions for anti-competitive behaviour, anti-trust and
monopoly practices and their outcomes.

SO8: Monetary value of significant fines and total number of non-monetary
sanctions for non-compliance with laws and regulations.

Product Responsibility Performance Indicators

PR1: Life cycle stages in which health and safety impacts of products and services
are assessed for improvement and percentage of significant products and services
categories subject to procedures.

PR2: Total number of incidents of non-compliance with regulations and voluntary
codes concerning health and safety impacts of products and services during their
life cycle, by type of outcomes.

PR3: Type of product and service information required by procedures, and
percentage of significant products and services subject to such information
requirements.

PR4: Total number of incidents of non-compliance with regulations and voluntary
codes concerning product and service information and labelling, by type of outcomes.

PR5: Practices related to customer satisfaction, including results of surveys
measuring customer satisfaction.

PR6: Programmes for adherence to laws, standards and voluntary codes related to
marketing communications, including advertising, promotion and sponsorship.

PR7: Total number of incidents of non-compliance with regulations and voluntary
codes concerning marketing communications, including advertising, promotion
and sponsorship by type of outcomes.

PR8: Total number of substantiated complaints regarding breaches of customer
privacy and loss of customer data.

PR9: Monetary value of significant fines and non-compliance with laws and
regulations concerning the provision and use of products and services.

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

(cid:6)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

(cid:6)

–

Section 8, p.26-27

Section 8.2, p.27

Section 11, p.38

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

44

Directors’ Report

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

The Directors have pleasure in
submitting the financial statements 
of the Group for the year ended
31 December 2010. For the purpose of
DTR 4.1.8R this report will be deemed
the ‘management report’ plus any
cross-references made herein.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
The  Company  is  a  global  diamond  mining  company,  listed  on  the
premium  market  of  the  London  Stock  Exchange.  More  detailed
information  on  the  Group’s  operations,  activities  and  financial
performance is incorporated into this report by reference and can be
found in the Business Review on pages 5 to 15.

REVIEW  OF THE  BUSINESS,  FUTURE  DEVELOPMENTS  AND  POST
BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
As  a  BVI  registered  company,  Gem  Diamonds  Ltd  is  not  required  to
comply  with  the  Companies  Act  2006,  however  the  Directors  have
voluntarily elected to conform to Section 417 of the Companies Act 2006,
which requires that the Directors present a Business Review in this report
to inform shareholders of the Company and help them assess how the
Directors  have  performed  their  duty  to  promote  the  success  of  the
Company. Information that fulfils this requirement can be found in the
sections set out below and is incorporated by reference in this report:

(cid:2) The Chairman’s Review on page 4;
(cid:2) The Business Review on pages 5 to 15 which covers factors likely to
affect  the  future  development,  performance  and  position  of  the
Company’s  business  and  incorporating  the  Key  Performance
Indicators  (KPIs)  together  with  the  Key  Operational  Statistics;  the
principal risks and uncertainties on page 14;

(cid:2) The discussion of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), including
matters related to environmental, health and safety, as well as social
and community risk, is addressed in the Sustainable Development
report on pages 17 to 44; and

(cid:2) The disclosure of contractual arrangements below.

The  Business  Review  has  been  prepared  to  provide  the  Company’s
shareholders with a fair review of the business of the Company and a
description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing it. It may not be
relied upon by anyone, including the Company’s shareholders, for any
other purpose.

The Business Review and other sections of this report contain forward-
looking statements. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve
a number of risks, uncertainties and future assumptions because they
relate to events and/or depend on circumstances that may or may not
occur in the future and could cause actual results and outcomes to differ
materially  from  those  expressed  or  implied  by  the  forward-looking

statements.  No  assurance  can  be  given  that  the  forward-looking
statements in the Business Review will be realised. Statements about the
Directors’ expectations, beliefs, hopes, plans, intentions and strategies are
inherently subject to change and they are based on expectations and
assumptions as to future events, circumstances and other factors which
are  in  some  cases  outside  the  Company’s  control.  The  information
contained in the Business Review has been prepared on the basis of the
knowledge  and  information  available  to  Directors  at  the  date  of  its
preparation and the Company does not undertake any obligation to
update or revise this Business Review during the financial year ahead. It
is  believed  that  the  expectations  set  out  in  these  forward-looking
statements are reasonable but they may be affected by a wide range of
variables which could cause actual results or trends to differ materially. In
particular, the forward-looking statements should be read in the context
of  the  specific  risk  factors  affecting  the  Company  identified  in  the
Business Review. The Company’s shareholders are cautioned not to place
undue reliance on the forward-looking statements. Shareholders should
note  that  the  Business  Review  has  not  been  audited  or  otherwise
independently verified.

Acquisitions  together  with  disposals,  and  changes  to  companies
undertaken during the year, (such as they were) including post balance
sheet events, are included in the Business Review on pages 5 to 15.

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS
The  Group’s  financial  results  are  set  out  in  the  Financial  Information
section on pages 6 to 7.

The current focus of the Group is on internal growth and surplus cash is
invested into its capital projects, thus the Board recommends that no
final dividend be declared, in accordance with the intention set out
previously. The Board keeps the Company’s dividend policy under review.
The factors which are most likely to influence a change in its current
policy will be the Company’s financial and cash position. Other factors
may also have a bearing and these will be taken into account at the time.

EXPLORATION AND RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT
The Group carries out exploration and resource development activities
that are necessary to support and expand its operations. A number of
these projects continue to remain on care and maintenance and work
on these has not yet re-commenced. More details on this can be found
on page 16.

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The  Group’s  key  risks  are  detailed  on  pages  14 and 15 of  the
Business Review.

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND SUSTAINABILITY
A  review  of  Health,  Safety,  Corporate  Social  Responsibility  and
Environmental performance and community participation is presented
in the Sustainable Development report on pages 17 to 44.

POLITICAL AND CHARITABLE DONATIONS
No political donations were made in 2010. The Group’s Corporate Social
Investment (CSI) expenditure supports initiatives that benefit the project-

45

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Directors’ Report continued

affected communities in the areas of health, education, infrastructure
development, development of small to medium enterprises (SME’s) and
general donations to relevant causes in project-affected communities.
In 2010, the Company contributed approximately US$704 642 to these
social initiatives.

EMPLOYEE POLICIES AND INVOLVEMENT
This report is to be read with the information on employment matters
contained in the Sustainable Development Report on pages 19 and 21.
The Group’s employment practices have been developed to ensure that
the Group attracts and retains the required calibre of management and
staff  by  creating  an  environment  that 
incentivises  enhanced
performance. The health, safety and effective performance of employees,
together with the maintenance of positive employee relations are of key
importance across the Group’s operations.

Employees’  engagement  continues  to  be  a  focus  of  the  Group.
Employees  are  kept  informed  of  the  performance  and  objectives  of
the Group  through  direct  involvement  and  access  to  the  Group’s
website, published information and the circulation of press cuttings and
Group announcements.

It is the Group’s policy to communicate openly with employees and
encourage  consultation  between  employees  and  management. The
Company  always  seeks  to  have  a  direct  relationship  between  its
employees and business function management, founded on quality,
leadership, effective communication and trust.

The Group sets guidelines and frameworks in respect of Company policy
on  remuneration,  performance  management,  career  development
and succession planning, recruitment and expatriate employment and
for  the  alignment  of  human  resources  management  and  policy
with international  best  practice.  Each  operating  unit  manages  its
human resources requirements locally, within the Group’s guidelines
and framework.

statements includes the Company’s objectives, policies and processes
for managing its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details
of  its  financial  instruments  and  its  exposures  to  credit  risk  and
liquidity risk.

After making enquiries which include reviews of forecasts and budgets,
timing of cash flows, borrowing facilities and sensitivity analyses and
considering the uncertainties described in this report either directly or
by cross reference, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the
Group and the Company have adequate financial resources to continue
in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they
continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the annual
report and accounts of the Company.

DIRECTORS
The Directors, as at the date of this report, are listed on pages 2 and 3
together with their biographical details. Details of Directors’ interests in
shares  and  share  options  of  the  Company  can  be  found  in  the
Remuneration Report on pages 48 and 55.

DIRECTORS WHO HELD OFFICE DURING THE YEAR

Name

Executive Directors

CT Elphick

AR Ashworth

KM Burford

GE Turner
Non-Executive Directors

RW Davis

GA Beevers

DJ Elzas

M Salamon

RJ Williams

Date of appointment

20 January 2006

22 April 2008

20 January 2006

22 April 2008

1 February 2007

1 February 2007

18 October 2005

3 February 2008

3 February 2008

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
A report on Corporate Governance and compliance with the provisions
of the Combined Code is set out on pages 56 to 62.

There has been no change in the above appointments since 1 January
2010 to the date of this report.

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO AUDITORS
The lead audit partner is based in London, UK and supported by a second
audit partner based in Johannesburg, South Africa. As required under
section 418 of the Companies Act 2006, to which the Directors have
voluntarily elected to conform, each Director confirms that to the best of
his  knowledge  and  belief,  there  is  no  information  relevant  to  the
preparation of the auditor’s report of which the Company’s auditors are
unaware  and  that  each  Director  has  taken  all  reasonable  steps  as  a
Director to make himself aware of any relevant audit information and to
establish that the Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

GOING CONCERN
The Company’s business activities, together with the factors likely to
affect its future development, performance and position are set out in
the  Business  Review  on  pages 5 to 15. The  financial  position  of  the
Company,  its  cashflows  and  liquidity  position  are  described  in  the
Business Review on pages 6 to 7. In addition, Note 27 to the financial

46

REELECTION OF DIRECTORS
The Articles of Association (81) provide that a third of Directors retire by
rotation and being eligible, offer themselves for re-election. At this year’s
AGM K Burford, M Salamon and RJ Williams will retire by rotation and
being eligible, offer themselves for re-election. Each has been the subject
of  a  Board  evaluation  and  their  performance  is  judged  as  being
constructive and proactive.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING AGM
Details  of  the  resolutions  which  will  be  put  to  the  Annual  General
Meeting are given in the notice of the AGM, which is contained in a
separate document from the Annual Report.

SHARE CAPITAL
Details  of  the  authorised  and  issued  share  capital  of  the  Company,
including the rights pertaining to each share class, are set out in Note 18
to the Financial Statements.

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

MAJOR INTERESTS IN SHARES
On 7 March 2011, the following major interests (at or above 3%) in the
issued  Ordinary  Shares  of  the  Company  had  been  notified  to  the
Company in accordance with the DTR 5:

Number of
Ordinary Shares

%
Shareholding

Graff Diamonds International Ltd

Capital Group Companies Inc

Lansdowne Partners Ltd

Black Rock Inc

FIL Limited/FMR LLC

Gem Diamonds Holdings Ltd

JP Morgan Asset Management

Legal and General Investment
Management Limited

JO Hambro Capital Management

17 469 028

16 201 215

15 853 693

15 168 202

12 833 727

9 325 000

6 597 922

5 138 732

4 649 205

TT International Investment Management 4 481 939

12.63

11.72

11.47

10.97

9.29

6.74

4.77

3.72

3.36

3.24

DIRECTORS INTERESTS
No Director had, at any time during the year, a material interest in any
contract of significance in relation to the Company’s business.

Subsequent to the year end, a deposit, acting as additional security for a
loan owing by a Director to a financial institution in connection with the
Director’s relocation, was cancelled and all funds were released.

CREDITORS’ PAYMENT PRACTICE
In view of the international nature of the Group’s operations there is no
specific Group-wide policy in respect of payments to suppliers. Individual
operating companies are responsible for agreeing terms and conditions
for their business transactions and ensuring that suppliers are aware
of the terms of payment. It is Group practice that payments are made
in accordance  with  those  terms,  provided  that  all  trading  terms
and conditions  have  been  met  by  the  supplier.  Trade  creditors
at 31 December  2010  represented  4  days  of  the  Company’s
annual purchases.

ELECTRONIC COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
Copies of the 2010 Annual Report, HSSE policies and other corporate
publications, reports, press releases and announcements are available
on the Company’s website at www.gemdiamonds.com.

AUDITORS
A resolution will be put to the shareholders at the forthcoming Annual
General Meeting to re-appoint Ernst & Young LLP as the Company’s
auditors  and  to  authorise  the  Board  to  determine  the  auditor’s
remuneration.

By order of the Board

André Confavreux
André Confavreux
Company Secretary
14 March 2011

47

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Remuneration Report

ROLE OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
The Remuneration Committee (the Committee) is a formal committee of the Board. Its terms of reference are available on the Company’s website
and conform to the Combined Code.

The principal roles of the Committee are to:

(cid:2) Consider and scrutinise all elements of the Company’s executive remuneration policy;
(cid:2) Determine individual remuneration packages within that policy for the executive Directors and certain senior executives;
(cid:2) Monitor and recommend the level and structure of remuneration for senior management;
(cid:2) Approve the design of performance-related pay schemes operated by the Company and approve total annual payments; and
(cid:2) Review the design of all share-based incentive plans and approve the awards to be made.

The Committee’s policy is to facilitate an open and transparent dialogue with shareholders on remuneration matters.

COMPOSITION OF THE COMMITTEE
The Committee comprises the following members:

(cid:2) Richard Williams MBE MC: Committee Chairman
(cid:2) Roger Davis
(cid:2) Dave Elzas
(cid:2) Mike Salamon

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer also attend Committee meetings by invitation and assist the Committee in its deliberations,
except when issues relating to their own remuneration are discussed.

ADVISORS TO THE COMMITTEE
Kepler Associates, appointed by the Committee in February 2010, provided independent remuneration advice to the committee and attended
committee meetings during 2010. Kepler replaced the Human Capital Resources Division of Ernst & Young LLP as it was felt not in accordance with
best practice for Ernst & Young to continue to provide such non-audit services. Kepler Associates provide no other services to the Company.

ATTENDANCE COMMITTEE’S MEETINGS DURING 2010
Four meetings were held during the year.

RJ Williams

RW Davis

DJ Elzas

M Salamon

Number of meetings attended

4

4

3

4

A review of the Committee’s terms of reference and the Committee’s effectiveness was carried out in March 2010. There were no material issues
identified or action arising there from.

ACTIVITIES OF THE COMMITTEE
During the year, the Committee met four times and it:

(cid:2) Reviewed senior executive remuneration in light of developments in best practice and market trends;
(cid:2) Introduced amendments to the ESOP which followed consultation with the Company’s major shareholders and shareholder approval at the

AGM in June 2010;

(cid:2) Reviewed the outcome of specific incentive plans particular to the Company’s operations.

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION POLICY
The Company’s remuneration policy is designed to provide a level of remuneration which attracts, retains and motivates executives of a suitable
calibre to execute the Company’s business strategy and maximise long term shareholder wealth.

It is intended that, as far as possible, remuneration policies and practices will conform to best practice in the markets in which the Company operates
and will be aligned with shareholder interests and promote effective management of business risk. The Committee takes into account the UK Listing

48

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Rules, the provisions of the Combined Code and the guidance provided by institutional investor representative bodies in determining executive
remuneration arrangements. In deciding upon the appropriate structure and quantum of remuneration, the Committee reviews remuneration
practices at comparator companies, comprising mining companies and UK-listed companies of a similar size and complexity, to ensure remuneration
policies reflect, as appropriate, prevailing industry and market conditions. Furthermore, remuneration policies have and will continue to take account
of pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the Company.

The remuneration policy is supported by the following principles:

(cid:2) Base reward should be set at a level which is competitive with comparator companies;
(cid:2) A significant proportion of total remuneration should be ‘at risk’ and conditional on the performance of the Group; and
(cid:2) Performance-related payments should be subject to the satisfaction of challenging performance targets over the short and long term, taking into

account the prospects for the Group, the prevailing economic environment and the relative performance of comparator companies.

ELEMENTS OF EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
The remuneration package for the Executive Directors comprises the following elements:

(cid:2) Base salary;
(cid:2) A cash allowance in lieu of pension and other benefits;
(cid:2) Participation in short term incentives in the form of an annual bonus; and
(cid:2) Participation in long term incentives in the form of the Employee Share Option Plan.

In 2010 the Executive Directors’ total compensation was in the following proportions.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR PAY MIX % OF TOTAL REMUNERATION

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l

a
t
o
t

f
o
%

ESOP

Annual Bonus

Variable 
(c.45% of 
total)

Pension and Benefits

Salary

Base salary
Base salaries are reviewed annually with any changes normally taking effect from 1 April. This review takes into account individual performance,
experience and market competitiveness. In assessing market competitiveness, the Committee benchmarks salaries against comparable roles at
mining companies and UK-listed companies of similar size. In approving the Executive Directors’ salary changes, the Committee took into account
general pay conditions across the Group. The Committee reviewed base salaries during March 2011 and approved the following – Clifford Elphick
(£412 000); Alan Ashworth (£305 066); Kevin Burford (£276 000) and Glenn Turner (£276 000) effective 1 April 2011.

Pensions and other benefits
Executive Directors do not receive any non-cash benefits as part of their employment. The Executive Directors receive a cash allowance in lieu of
pension equivalent to 14% and 12.5% of base salary for the Chief Executive Officer and other Executive Directors respectively. In addition, the
Executive Directors receive a cash payment in lieu of other non-cash benefits, equivalent to 5.5% and 6% of base salary for the Chief Executive Officer
and other Executive Directors respectively.

Annual Bonus
Executive Directors and Senior Executives participate in a discretionary annual bonus arrangement designed to focus participants on business-
critical outcomes. The maximum bonus payable under the annual bonus scheme for Executive Directors is 100% of base salary.

49

 
 
 
 
GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Remuneration Report continued

Specific corporate and individual objectives are discussed and agreed at the start of each year, and levels of attainment evaluated by the Committee.
For 2010, Executive Director bonuses were linked to the following targets:

(cid:2) Operational performance, including Health, Safety, Corporate Social Responsibility and Environment (30%);
(cid:2) Business development (30%); and
(cid:2) Financial performance of the Company (40%).

The Committee assessed the degree to which the bonus targets had been achieved and approved bonuses for 2010 of 80% for the Chief Operating
Officer and between 50% and 65% of base salary for the remaining Executive Directors, allocated approximately in the proportion to each of the
above categories.

Employee Share Option Plan (ESOP)
The ESOP was first introduced in 2007. At the 2010 AGM, shareholders approved changes to the ESOP which the Committee believes improves the
robustness of the scheme. The key features of the 2010 ESOP awards are summarised below.

The ESOP provides for annual grants of performance shares and fair market value options (options), the relative proportions of which are determined
by the Committee on the occasion of each grant.

ESOP awards may be up to 100% of salary in performance shares, or up to 200% of salary in options, or a mix of performance shares and options
subject to the condition that in any one year the combined fair value of the share and option grant is no more than the fair value of an award of
100% of salary in performance shares. 2010 ESOP awards granted to the Executive Directors comprised 33% of salary in performance shares and 67%
of salary in options.

Vesting of ESOP awards is subject to the achievement of challenging performance conditions based on the Company’s three year relative total
shareholder return (TSR).

TSR performance is measured relative to two comparator groups as follows:

(cid:2) 50% of the award vests according to performance relative to the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts)
(cid:2) 50% vests according to performance relative to a peer group of global diamond mining and exploration companies.

The constituents of the diamond-sector peer group are:

2010 Grant

African Diamonds Limited;*

Shore Gold Inc.;

Petra Diamonds Limited;

Namakwa Diamonds Limited;

Mountain Province Diamonds Inc.;

Rockwell Diamonds Inc.;

Trans Hex Group Limited; and

Vaaldiam Resources Limited.

2008 Grant

African Minerals Limited;

Harry Winston Corporation;

Shore Gold Inc.;

Petra Diamonds Limited;

Namakwa Diamonds Limited;

Mountain Province Diamonds Inc.;

Rockwell Diamonds Inc.;

Trans Hex Group Limited; and

Vaaldiam Resources Limited.

*

In light of the takeover of African Diamonds Limited by Lucara in December 2010, the Committee will consider a possible replacement.

The Committee believes an element based on a broad market index helps provide robustness in light of the small number of companies in the
diamond mining comparator group and uses the FTSE 250 for 2008 and 2010 ESOP awards as it captures companies with whom Gem Diamonds
competes for capital.

The Committee considers TSR relative to a global diamond mining peer group to be an appropriate performance measure given the extent to
which the Company’s share price and those of its peers are significantly influenced by diamond prices.

The  Committee  recognises  that  the  number  of  mining  comparators  in  this  specialised  market  is  limited  and  has  replaced  the TSR  ranking
methodology with a TSR percentage outperformance methodology for ESOP awards granted from 2010, which it believes is more robust given the
small number of relevant diamond mining comparators.

50

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

ESOP awards will vest (at 25%) only if the Company’s TSR is in line with average (or benchmark) performance, with full vesting if Gem Diamonds’ 3-year
TSR exceeds that of its benchmark by 12% per annum, which the Committee believes is broadly equivalent to upper quartile performance. There
will be straight-line pro rata vesting for performance between Benchmark and Benchmark +12% per annum.

For 2010 awards, ‘Benchmark’ performance is based on the published FTSE250 excluding Investment Trusts Index (for that element of ESOP awards)
and the average TSR of the diamond mining and exploration companies, weighted by their market capitalisation at the start of the three-year
performance period (for the other 50% of ESOP awards). Weighting diamond mining comparator TSRs by their market capitalisation helps reduce
the sensitivity of ESOP outcomes to the smaller comparator companies in the group which are likely to have more volatile TSRs than the Company.
A summary of the vesting schedule is provided below:

Stretch (100% vesting)

Threshold (25% vesting)

Relative TSR
performance vs.
Diamond Mining Group
(applies to 50% of award)

Relative TSR
performance vs.
FTSE250 (excl IT) Index
(applies to 50% of award)

Benchmark +12% p.a.

Benchmark +12% p.a.

Benchmark

Benchmark

Additionally, for any ESOP awards to vest, the Committee must satisfy itself that the recorded TSR is a fair reflection of the underlying business
performance of the Company over the performance period.

In the event that the TSR calculation is affected by a significant corporate event which the Committee considers materially distorts the performance
comparison, the Committee may make suitable adjustments, provided that it is satisfied that any new or varied performance conditions would be
no less demanding. The Committee may also adopt different performance conditions during the life of the ESOP and may vary the ratio of
performance shares and options.

Dividends accrue on performance shares (but not options) during the vesting period.

In the event of a change of control, awards would vest according to performance up to the date of the change of control. In addition, share-based,
but not option-based, awards would be pro-rated for time based on the proportion of the vesting period elapsed at the date of the event, with
Committee discretion to treat otherwise.

Dilution
ESOP awards may be satisfied with newly-issued shares subject to aggregate dilution limits. The issue of shares to satisfy awards under the Company’s
share schemes will not exceed 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital in any rolling 10 year period. As of 31 December 2010, 1 693 580
shares (1.22% of issued share capital) have been, or may be issued, pursuant to all awards made.

Performance graph
The graph below shows the total shareholder return on a holding of the Company’s ordinary shares compared to a hypothetical holding of shares
in the FTSE250 index. The FTSE250 has been selected as it comprises companies which represent possible alternative investment opportunities for
the Company’s shareholders. The Company’s comparative performance declined at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2008 as a result of the
significant impact of the global economic downturn on the diamond mining sector. TSR is calculated using one month average share prices and if
applicable includes reinvested net dividends paid during the performance period.

51

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Remuneration Report continued

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE: GEM DIAMONDS VS FTSE 250 SINCE GEM DIAMONDS’ IPO IN FEBRUARY 2007

GEM  DIAMONDS (DI) – NET TOT RETURN IND

FTSE 250 – TOT RETURN IND 

FTSE 250 – PRICE INDEX

Key

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

Feb 07 

Jun 07  Oct 07 

Feb 08 

Jun 08  Oct 08 

Feb 09 

Jun 09    Oct 09 

Feb 10

Jun 10 Oct 10 Dec 10 

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
ENTITLEMENTS UNDER SERVICE CONTRACTS
The details of service contracts and appointment letters are as follows:

THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ SERVICE CONTRACTS:

Director

CT Elphick

KM Burford

GE Turner

AR Ashworth

Contract date

Unexpired term

13 February 2007

13 February 2007

1 July 2008

1 March 2008

Rolling contract

Rolling contract

Rolling contract

Rolling contract

Notice
period

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

Contractual
termination
payment

Pay salary

and benefits

on summary

termination

There are no special provisions in the contracts extending notice period on a change of control or other corporate event.

NONEXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
The Chairman and Executive Directors approve the fees of the non-Executive Directors. The Committee approves the fees of the Chairman.

The  fees  for  non-Executive  Directors  are  set  at  the  level  considered  necessary  to  obtain  the  services  of  individuals  with  the  relevant  skills
and experience to bring added depth and breadth to the composition of the Board. Fees take into account the number of meetings, the time
required for reading Board and other papers, the duties associated with membership or chairmanship of Board committees and fees paid by
comparable companies.

The non-Executive Director fees were reduced by 25% effective 1 April 2009 to £90 000 for the Chairman and £52 000 for all other non-Executive
Directors. Fees were reviewed in March 2011 and fees to the Chairman of the Board and all other non-Executive Directors will remain unchanged.

The non-Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in the annual bonus, ESOP, or any other performance related incentive.

The appointment of non-Executive Directors, who do not have service contracts, typically runs for three years after which the Director will be required
to retire at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) held in the third calendar year following the AGM at which the Director was elected. However, the
Board may invite the Director to serve for an additional period subject to re-election by shareholders. Different provisions apply if the Director
remains in office for a period longer than nine years, consistent with the Combined Code.

52

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Non-Executive Directors’ appointment terms:

Director

RW Davis

DJ Elzas

GA Beevers

M Salamon

RJ Williams

Appointment date

Unexpired term

1 February 2007

1 February 2007

1 February 2007

3 February 2008

3 February 2008

Rolling appointment

Rolling appointment

Rolling appointment

Rolling appointment

Rolling appointment

Notice
period

3 months 

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

Contractual
termination 
payment

No provision for

Payment of

compensation

EMOLUMENTS AND COMPENSATION
Details of the remuneration settled in cash or at a cash cost to the Company of each Director who has served in the year are shown below. The
following table and accompanying notes have been audited.

DETAILS OF THE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION:

Executive

CT Elphick(5)

AR Ashworth

KM Burford

GE Turner

Non-Executive(6)

RW Davis

GA Beevers

DJ Elzas

M Salamon

RJ Williams

Cash
payments
in lieu of
non-cash
benefits(2)
£

76 050

53 423

48 333

48 333

–

–

–

–

–

Salary and 
fees(1)
£

390 000

288 773

261 261

261 261

90 000

52 500

52 500

52 500

52 500

Bonuses(3)
£

260 000

236 944

133 980

160 776

–

–

–

–

–

Total
2010(4)
£

726 050

579 140

443 574

470 370

90 000

52 500

52 500

52 500

52 500

Full year
Total
2009
£

640 150

457 967

414 303

414 303

97 500

56 875

56 875

56 875

56 875

All salaries and fees are paid in cash.
Payments are made in cash to Directors who may purchase benefits.
Bonuses are in respect of 2010, to be paid in 2011.
The Directors’ total emoluments for the year do not include any fair value share option/award charges.
Highest paid Director.
The fees payable to non-Executive Directors are not broken down to reflect particular responsibilities.
No Director received or is due to receive any compensation for loss of office during the year.
Although the Company’s reporting currency is US dollars, these figures are stated in Sterling as the Directors’ emoluments are paid in this currency.
No Director received any expense allowances.

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10) There were no payments to former Directors of the Company.
(11) Apart from private company interests listed in the Prospectus dated 1 April 2009, no Executive Director holds any significant executive directorship or appointments
outside the Group with the exception of Clifford Elphick who was appointed non-Executive Chairman of Jumelles Holdings Limited in 2009 and Zanaga Iron Ore Co.
Limited which listed on the AIM Market of the London Stock Exchange in November 2010. Dave Elzas was also appointed a director of Zanaga Iron Ore Co. Limited
in November 2010. Any fees paid to Clifford Elphick or Dave Elzas in fulfilling these external roles are retained by them.

ENTITLEMENTS UNDER LONG TERM INCENTIVES
ESOP awards were made post the announcement of results and the adoption of the revised rules at the AGM on 9 June 2010.

There were no long term incentives awarded to Directors during 2009. 2008 awards were in the form of performance shares only. Nothing is payable
on grant and no exercise price is payable to acquire the shares underlying these awards (save for nominal value where shares are newly issued).

53

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Remuneration Report continued

Details of awards to Directors under the ESOP

ESOP Awards of performance shares made to Executive Directors in 2008 and 2010

Director

CT Elphick

AR Ashworth

KM Burford

GE Turner

Performance
shares* as at
1 January
2010

34 667

–

43 057

–

24 009

–

24 009

–

Exercised
in the year

Granted
in the year

Lapsed
in year

Performance
shares as at
31 December
2010

Exercise
price US$

Market
value at
date of
grant £

Date of
grant

Earliest
normal
exercise
date

Expiry
date

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

57 000

–

42 600

–

38 600

–

38 600

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

34 667

57 000

43 057

42 600

24 009

38 600

24 009

38 600

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

356 387

30 April 2008

30 April 2011

30 April 2018

131 670

23 June 2010

23 June 2013

23 June 2020

297 100

30 April 2008

30 April 2011

30 April 2018

98 406

23 June 2010

23 June 2013

23 June 2020

246 813

30 April 2008

30 April 2011

30 April 2018

89 166

23 June 2010

23 June 2013

23 June 2020

246 813

30 April 2008

30 April 2011

30 April 2018

89 166

23 June 2010

23 June 2013

23 June 2020

conditional right to acquire shares.

*
2008 ESOP awards vest 50% on the Company’s 3-year TSR rank relative to the FTSE250 and 50% on the Company’s 3-year TSR rank relative to the diamond mining comparator
group; there is nil vesting below median, 30% vesting at median, rising on a straight-line basis to full vesting from upper quartile.

ESOP awards of options for Executive Directors in 2010.

Director

CT Elphick

AR Ashworth

KM Burford

GE Turner

Options* as at
1 January 2010

Exercised
in the year

Granted
in year

Lapsed
in year

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

114 000

85 200

77 200

77 200

–

–

–

–

Options as at
31 December
2010

114 000

85 200

77 200

77 200

Exercise
price

231p

231p

231p

231p

Date of grant

Earliest
normal
exercise date

Expiry date

23 June 2010

23 June 2013

23 June 2020

23 June 2010

23 June 2013

23 June 2020

23 June 2010

23 June 2013

23 June 2020

23 June 2010

23 June 2013

23 June 2020

* Option is a right to acquire shares granted under the plan including, unless indicated otherwise, a nil-cost option.
The market price of an ordinary share at the year end was 251.75 pence. The highest and lowest prices in the year were 300 pence and 184 pence.

Details of the vesting conditions, which are subject to audit, for awards made under the ESOP are included on pages 50 to 51 of the Annual Report
and a full set of the rules will be available for inspection at the AGM.

ESGP Awards made to the Executive Directors in 2007

Executive

CT Elphick

AR Ashworth

KM Burford

GE Turner

Date of grant

20 December 2007

20 December 2007

20 December 2007

20 December 2007

Proportion
of the pool
subject to
award %

8.33

6.20

8.33

8.33

The share
price on
admission
(pence)

950

950

950

950

Date that
qualifying
conditions
must be met

14 February 2010

14 February 2010

14 February 2010

14 February 2010

The ESGP was a separate remuneration arrangement adopted at the time of the IPO in 2007. Vesting of ESGP awards was subject to targets for share
price growth in the three year period following submission. Awards began to vest if the share price increased by 100% (measured from a price of
950 pence) in the three years following Admission with maximum vesting if the share price increased by 200%.

Dependent on share price growth, a fixed number of shares would have been issued to form a ‘pool’ for the benefit of participants. The Company
made a single grant of awards under the ESGP in 2007 which entitled participants to an award of shares from the pool. The total pool of shares at
maximum vesting was equivalent to 10% of the issued share capital as at the date of Admission. The Company’s share price was such that there was
no vesting on the third anniversary and consequently the entitlements lapsed.

DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS AND INTERESTS IN SHARES
Details of interests in the share capital of the Company of those Directors in office as at 31 December 2010 are given below. It is confirmed that there
were no changes to the Directors’ holdings between 31 December 2010 and the date of this report. No Director was interested in the shares of any
subsidiary company.

In addition to these interests in shares, the Executive Directors, along with other employees, also have conditional rights to acquire shares under the
Company’s long term incentive plans, disclosed in Note 28.

54

Executives

CT Elphick(1)

AR Ashworth

KM Burford

GE Turner(2)

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Number of shares held at
1 January 2010

Number of shares held at
31 December 20103

9 325 000

21 900

458 333

600 000

9 325 000

21 900

458 333

400 000

(1) Clifford Elphick is interested in these ordinary shares by virtue of his interest as a potential beneficiary in a discretionary trust which has an indirect interest in those ordinary

shares.

(2) Glenn Turner disposed of 200 000 shares on 26 March 2010.
(3) There has been no change in these figures since the end of the year and date of the notice of the AGM.

Non-Executives

Non-Executive Directors’ Shareholdings and interests in shares

RW Davis

GA Beevers

DJ Elzas

M Salamon

RJ Williams

Number of shares held as at
1 January 2010

Number of shares as at 
31 December 20101

1 267 752

145 164

144 664

316 944

164 664

1 267 752

145 164

144 664

316 944

164 664

(1) There has been no change in these figures since the end of the year and date of the notice of the AGM.

PENSIONS
No pension contributions were made to any registered pension scheme or pension fund in respect of Executive Directors during the year, and no
retirement benefits were paid.

By order of the Board

Richard Williams
Chairman, Remuneration Committee
14 March 2011

55

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Corporate Governance Report

UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE COMPLIANCE
This report addresses the status of the Company’s compliance with the
principles and provisions of the Combined Code, and details the key
policies, processes and structures that apply to the Company.

an indemnity in certain circumstances for the benefit of Directors and
other Group personnel. The insurance policy does not provide cover
where the Director or Officer has acted fraudulently or dishonestly.

The Company has fully complied with the best practice governance
provisions as set out in Section 1 of the 2008 Combined Code for the
year up to 31 December 2010 with two exceptions and notes below
these periods during the year when it was not fully compliant:

(cid:2) As previously advised the position of Lord Renwick on the Audit
Committee was taken by Roger Davis on 25 August 2009. As Roger
Davis is also Chairman of the Board, this was not in compliance with
Section C.3.1 of the Combined Code. This situation will continue for
the foreseeable future but will be kept under review. In this regard
the Chairman is considered to be independent.

(cid:2) At the time of Lord Renwick’s resignation it was decided that his
position on the Nominations Committee would not be filled as the
conduct and performance of the Committee was seen as working
effectively with its present membership (Roger Davis, Clifford Elphick
and Mike Salamon) and the Committee did not feel that filling the
vacancy in the short-term, simply to comply with Combined Code
A.4.1.  would  improve  the  effectiveness  of  the  Committee.  The
situation was last reviewed in November 2010 when it was decided
to make no change.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The role of the Board
The  Board  is  responsible  to  shareholders  for  the  performance  and
governance of the Company within a framework of policies and controls
identification,  assessment  and
which  provide  for  effective  risk 
management.  The  Board  provides  leadership  and  articulates  the
Company’s  objectives  and  strategy  to  achieve  those  objectives. The
Board sets standards of conduct which provide an ethical framework
for all of the Company’s business functions. While the Board focuses
on strategic issues, financial performance, risk management and critical
business issues, it also has a formal schedule of matters that it does not
delegate.  These  reserved  matters,  which  are  documented  in  a
comprehensive 
levels  and  prior  approval
requirements  for  key  corporate  decisions  and  actions,  are  reviewed
and updated  annually  by  the  Board.  Such  matters  reserved  to  the
Board include, but are not limited to, approval of budgets and business
plans, major capital expenditure, major acquisitions and disposals and
bank borrowing.

list  of  authorisation 

Whilst all Directors have equal responsibility in law for managing the
Company’s affairs, it is the role of the executive management to run the
business within the parameters laid down by the Board and to produce
clear, accurate and timely reports to enable the Board to monitor and
assess management’s performance. The executive management draws
on the expertise and experience which the non-Executive Directors
bring from their various business careers.

The  composition  of  the  Board  and  changes  during  the  year  are  as
follows:

(cid:2) The Board, chaired by Roger Davis, is nine in number, comprising four

Executive Directors and five non-Executive Directors.

(cid:2) The  four  Executive  Directors  are  Clifford  Elphick  (Chief  Executive
Officer); Kevin Burford (Chief Financial Officer); Alan Ashworth (Chief
Operating Officer); and Glenn Turner (Chief Legal and Commercial
Officer).

(cid:2) The non-Executive Directors possess a range of experience and are of
a  calibre  to  bring  independent  judgement  to  bear  on  issues  of
strategy, performance, and resources that are vital to the success of
the Company. They comprise Roger Davis (Company Chairman and
Chairman of the Nominations Committee); Gavin Beevers (Chairman
of the Health, Safety, Social and Environment (HSSE) Committee); Dave
Elzas  (Chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee);  Mike  Salamon  (Senior
Independent Director) and Richard Williams MBE MC (Chairman of
the Remuneration Committee).

(cid:2) All of the non-Executive Directors are regarded as independent by
the  Board  as  defined  in  the  Combined  Code  (A.2.2),  as  was  the
Chairman on his appointment.

Attendance at Board meetings and Committees of the Board
Four scheduled Board meetings were held during 2010. Attendance by
Directors at Board and Committee meetings is shown below. All Board
meetings were held in the United Kingdom.

There are six formally constituted committees of the Board, each of which
has formal terms of reference. Those for the Audit; Remuneration; HSSE
and Nomination Committees’ can be viewed on the Company’s website,
www.gemdiamonds.com.

ATTENDANCE  AT  BOARD  AND  COMMITTEE  MEETINGS  DURING
2010

Number of
meetings
held

Director

RW Davis

CT Elphick

GA Beevers

DJ Elzas

M Salamon

RJ Williams

AR Ashworth

KM Burford

GE Turner

Board
4

Audit
4

Remuneration
4

HSSE Nominations
2

4

4

4

4

3

4

4

4

4

4

4

N/A

N/A

3

N/A

4

N/A

N/A

N/A

4

N/A

N/A

3

4

4

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

4

N/A

4

N/A

N/A

N/A

4

2

2

N/A

N/A

2

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

All Directors are free to express their views and may ask that these be
recorded in the minutes where appropriate. The Company maintains at
its expense, a Directors and Officers liability insurance policy to provide

A further three ad hoc meetings, and one resolution in writing, were held
to issue formal approvals or deal with relevant Board matters which had
been delegated.

56

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Before  each  Board  meeting  the  non-Executive  Directors  meet
independent of the Executive Directors, in accordance with a practice
which many listed companies have adopted. During the year there were
four such meetings.

Chairman and Chief Executive
A clear separation is maintained between the responsibilities of the
Chairman  and  the  Chief  Executive.  This  separation  was  established
during 2007 with the appointment of Roger Davis as Chairman. The
Chairman is responsible for leading the Board and its effectiveness and
setting of its agenda, and ensures a constructive and open relationship
between the Executive and non-Executive Directors.

The Chief Executive is responsible for the overall performance of the
Company, including responsibility for arranging the effective day-to-day
management of the Company.

Led  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  the  executive  management  is
responsible for developing strategy for consideration by the Board as a
whole. It is the executive management’s responsibility to implement that
strategy,  once  approved,  and  furnish  the  Board  with  information
reasonably required to monitor the efficient and effective conduct of
the business.

Board balance and independence
The  Company  complies  with  the  requirement  of  the  Combined
Code that there should be a balance of Executive and non-Executive
Directors such that no individual or group can dominate the Board’s
decision-taking.

Of the current five non-Executive Directors, all are considered by the
Board to be independent of management.

Mike Salamon is the Senior Independent non-Executive Director. His role
and responsibilities as the Senior Independent Director are detailed in
and formalised by Board resolution and, in summary, are that he should
be available to shareholders to discuss their concerns where the normal
channels would not be appropriate for this purpose; to have contact with
analysts and major shareholders to obtain a balanced understanding of
their issues and concerns; where relevant to lead the Board and Director
performance evaluation; and provide a sounding board for the Chairman.

The non-Executive Directors have a particular responsibility to ensure
that  the  strategies  proposed  by  the  Executive  Directors  are  fully
considered. To enable the Board to discharge its duties, all Directors
receive  appropriate  and  timely  information  and  briefing  papers  are
distributed  to  all  Directors.  The  letters  of  appointment  of  the  non-
Executive Directors are available for inspection at the place of business
of the Company in London.

The Board reviews annually the composition and Chairmanship of its
primary committees, namely the Audit, Remuneration, Nomination and
the HSSE Committees.

Appointments to the Board
The  Combined  Code  requires  there  to  be  a  formal,  rigorous  and
transparent procedure for the appointment of new Directors, which
should  be  made  on  merit  and  against  objective  criteria.  Since  2007,
recruitment to the Board has been on the basis of recommendation, thus
no outside consultants have been employed. The ‘pool’ of appropriately
qualified individuals is small and suitable candidates are known to the
management. The Nomination Committee’s section of this report is set
out on page 61.

Information and professional development
All Directors are aware that they may take independent professional
advice, at the expense of the Company, in the furtherance of their duties,
subject to prior consultation with the Chairman. To date they have not
found the need so to do. All Directors have access to management and
to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, who is responsible
to the Board for ensuring that all governance matters are complied with,
and assists with professional development as required.

Arrangements have been approved by the Board to ensure that new
Directors should receive a full, formal and tailored induction on joining
the Board. In addition, ongoing support and resources are provided to
Directors  in  order  to  enable  them  to  extend  and  refresh  their  skills,
knowledge and familiarity with the Company. Professional development
and training is provided in three complementary ways: regular updating
with  information  on  changes  and  proposed  changes  in  laws  and
regulations  affecting  the  Company  or  its  businesses;  arrangements,
including site visits, to ensure Directors are familiar with the Company’s
operations  particularly  its  commitment  to  and  application  of  the
Company’s  Corporate  Social  Responsibility  policies,  which  includes
health and safety; and opportunities for professional and skills training
such  as  Committee  Chairmanship  and  formal  professional  seminars
designed by appropriate advisors.

Performance evaluation
In 2008, the first Board Performance evaluation was undertaken. The
review facilitated debate around identified key issues.

During  2009  the  recommendations  of  the  2008  evaluation  were
implemented and in November 2009 Board members were asked and
confirmed  their  satisfaction  with  the 
implementation  of  the
recommendations.

The  results  of  the  2009  evaluation  were  disseminated  to  all  Board
members.  Where  specific  issues  were  raised,  none  of  which  were
identified as significant, these were referred to the responsible director(s).

In  2009  an  individual  performance  evaluation  was  undertaken.
This comprised  a  structured  review  with  each  director,  by  an
outside consultant, the results of which were given to the Chairman.
In respect of the Chairman, the results were discussed with the Senior
Independent Director. The results were discussed with each member
of the Board individually.

57

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Corporate Governance Report continued

In  2010  a  board  evaluation  was  carried  out.  It  was  by  way  of  a
questionnaire. The conclusions will be advised to each Board member
and corrective action, if required, taken. The topics covered included, but
were not limited to, board composition, dynamics, expertise, support, risk
management, remuneration and strategy.

In accordance with best practice there will be a Board Evaluation carried
out in 2011.

The terms of reference and performance of each primary committee
were reviewed and changes were made, if appropriate. The company’s
terms of reference were compared to best practice models.

The  Board  has  formally  reviewed  succession  plans  for  key  executive
management roles and the Chairman. This is regarded as an important
feature of the Nomination Committee’s function and is reviewed at least
annually to ensure its appropriateness.

Re-election of Directors
Under the Combined Code, Directors should offer themselves for re-
election  at  regular  intervals  and  there  should  be  a  planned  and
progressive refreshing of the Board.

At  the  Annual  General  Meeting  (AGM)  three  Directors  will  retire,
in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association. The whole
board  was  elected  at  the  AGM  in  2008.  Sufficient  biographical  and
other information  is  provided  to  enable  shareholders  to  make  an
informed decision.

Conflicts of Interest
The Board maintains a register of ‘Conflicts of Interest’ which it reviews
annually. Should any conflict of interest arise between annual reviews,
Directors are on notice to advise the Board and the Board will normally
exercise its authority and record such conflicts.

Dealings in shares
The Company has a policy based on the Model Code, published in the
Listing  Rules,  which  covers  dealings  in  securities  and  applies  to  all
Directors, persons discharging managerial responsibilities and employee
insiders. This policy was last reviewed in November 2010 and had been
circulated to all insiders.

REMUNERATION
Whilst the Board is ultimately responsible for Directors’ remuneration, the
Remuneration Committee, consisting of independent non-Executive
Directors,  is  responsible  for  determining  the  remuneration  and
conditions of employment of Executive Directors and the Chairman in
his absence. The details of all Directors’ Remuneration are covered in the
Remuneration Report on pages 48 to 55.

ACCOUNTABILITY AND AUDIT
Financial reporting
The Board is conscious of its responsibility to present a balanced and
clear assessment of the Company’s position and prospects and the Board
is satisfied that it has met this obligation. This assessment is primarily

provided in the Business Review contained in this report. The Statement
of Directors’ Responsibilities is set out on page 64.

Information and financial reporting systems
Financial reporting to the Board is continuously modified and enhanced
to cater for changing circumstances. The Company’s comprehensive
planning and financial reporting procedures include detailed operational
budgets for the year ahead and a three-year rolling plan (Plan). The Board
reviews and approves the annual budget and Plan. The Plan and budgets
are prepared in cooperation with all group functions on the basis of
known economic assumptions. Performance is monitored and relevant
action taken throughout the year through the monthly reporting of key
performance indicators and updated forecasts for the year, together with
information on the key risk areas.

In  addition,  routine  management  reports  on  an  operational  and
consolidated basis, including updated forecasts for the year, are prepared
and presented to the Board and form a cornerstone of the system of
internal control. Detailed consolidated management accounts, together
with  an  executive  summary,  are  circulated  prior  to  each  scheduled
Board meeting.  Between  Board  meetings  summary  update  reports
covering matters such as operational performance, sales figures, cash
and progress of strategic issues are circulated to the Board members and
senior executives.

Internal control
The  Board  of  Directors  is  responsible  for  the  Company’s  system  of
internal control, which is embedded in all key operations. An ongoing
process,  in  accordance  with  the  revised  Guidance  of  the  Turnbull
Committee on Internal Control published in October 2005, has been
established for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks
faced by the Company. The Board relies on reviews undertaken by the
Audit Committee (in relation to the Company’s compliance with the
Turnbull  Guidance)  throughout  the  year  and  up  to  the  date  of  the
approval  of  the  Annual  Report  and  Financial  Statements.  Regular
management reporting, providing a balanced assessment of key risks
and controls, is an important component of Board assurance.

The Audit Committee reviewed the process by which risks are identified
and  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  system  of  internal  control  by
considering the regular reports from management on the operation of
the risk assessment process throughout the Company. These included
the key risks identified, mitigating actions and controls, management
representations and assertions, and reports covering the independent
assessment of internal control systems from Internal Audit, and other
assurance providers such as health, safety, social and environmental.

The principal aim of the system of internal control is the management of
business risks that are significant to the fulfilment of the Company’s
business objectives with a view to enhancing over time the value of the
shareholders’  investment  and  safeguarding  the  assets.  The  internal
control systems have been designed to manage rather than eliminate
the risk of failure; to achieve business objectives; and provide reasonable
but not absolute assurance that the Company’s business objectives will
be achieved within the risk tolerance levels identified by the Board. The
Directors  confirm  that  they  have  reviewed  the  effectiveness  of  the

58

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

system of internal control and have not identified any significant failings
or weaknesses.

Committee and reports on achievement of the programme and findings
were presented to the Audit Committee for consideration and approval.

Risk management
The Board considers effective risk management as an essential element
of professional management and has implemented a structured and
comprehensive  system  across  the  Company  utilising  the  services  of
KPMG Services (Proprietary) Ltd. The Company’s risk management policy
aims to cover and review at least annually, all significant business risks
faced by the Company, including operational, financial, commercial, legal,
regulatory and compliance risks, which could undermine the Company’s
ability to achieve its business objectives. The Group’s key risks are listed
in pages 14 to 15 in the Business Review.

The Company’s approach to risk management is value driven and has
the stated objective of ensuring an environment in which it can grow
shareholder value through developing and protecting the Company’s
assets,  the  environment  in  those  locations  in  which  it  operates,  its
reputation and its staff. The process is thorough and robust and is an
essential element of the Company’s approach to business planning.

Each operating unit carries out a comprehensive annual risk review and
updates its risk register accordingly. Objectives in the business plan are
aligned with risks and a summary of the key risks, related internal controls,
accountabilities and further mitigating actions, is reviewed and approved
by the respective Audit Committee/Board for effectiveness.

Progress against plans, significant changes in the business risk profile and
actions taken to address controls and mitigate risks are reported at each
operating unit board and thereafter to the Group’s Audit Committee and
as appropriate to the Board.

The output of the process has been reviewed by the Company and the
respective operating units and accords with the latest guidance of the
Turnbull Committee.

Investment appraisal
A  budgetary  process  and  authorisation 
levels  regulate  capital
expenditure. For expenditure beyond specified levels, detailed written
proposals are submitted to the Board. There is an approval procedure for
investment appraisal which includes a detailed calculation of return
based  on  assumptions  that  are  consistent  with  those  included  in
management  reports.  Reviews  are  carried  out  after  the  project  is
complete and, for some projects, during the development period of the
investment, to monitor progress against plan and all major overruns are
investigated. Commercial, legal and financial due diligence work, using
outside  consultants  as  appropriate,  is  undertaken  in  respect  of
acquisitions and disposals.

Internal audit
Internal audit is an important element of the overall process by which
the Audit Committee and the Board obtains the assurance it requires
that  risks  are  being  properly  identified,  managed  and  controlled.  An
internal audit function was established in 2007. A risk-based internal
audit programme was prepared for 2010 and approved by the Audit

The programme covers all operating units, focusing in particular on the
more significant risks and related internal controls identified in the risk
self-assessment process. Findings and agreed actions are reported to
management and the Audit Committee.

The internal audit function is provided by KPMG Services (Proprietary)
Ltd as an outsourced service provider.

Whistleblowing programme
There is a formal mechanism to report fraud, suspected corruption and
irregularities. There are independently operated confidential free phone
hotlines in each country in which the Company operates, through which
employees can report any breach of the Company’s business principles,
including but not limited to bribery, breaches of ethics and fraud.

All incidents reported are fully investigated and the results are reported
to  the  local  boards  and  to  the  Group’s  Audit  Committee.  The
Whistleblowing procedures are routinely reviewed to make sure they
are effective and up to date.

External audit
A principle of the Combined Code is that the Board should establish
formal and transparent arrangements for considering how it should
apply  the  financial  reporting  and  internal  control  principles  and  for
maintaining an appropriate relationship with the external auditors, Ernst
& Young LLP. These responsibilities are delegated to and are discharged
by the Audit Committee whose work is described on pages 60 to 61.

RELATIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS
Dialogue with shareholders
The  Board  places  importance  on  effective  communication  with
shareholders and, assisted by the Investor Relations Manager, maintains
regular dialogue with and gives briefings to analysts and institutional
investors. Presentations are given by the Executive Directors after the
Company’s announcement of the year end and half year results. Any
concerns raised by a shareholder in relation to the Company and its
affairs are communicated to the Board as a whole as issues arise and a
summary of shareholders views is presented at each Board meeting by
the Investor Relations Manager.

Care is taken to ensure that any price-sensitive information is released to
all shareholders, institutional and private, at the same time, in accordance
with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules and with group policy. This
policy was most recently reviewed by the Board in November 2010 and
updated as appropriate. It has been circulated to each operation. The
insider list is routinely reviewed and kept up to date.

The Investor Relations Manager keeps in contact with the Company’s
institutional and other shareholders plus industry experts on a day to
day basis. It is his task to ensure a good flow of reliable information
between the Company and its investors.

59

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Corporate Governance Report continued

The  Senior  Independent  Director,  Mike  Salamon,  is  available  to
shareholders if they have concerns which contact through the normal
channels  has  failed  to  resolve  or  for  which  such  contact  would  be
inappropriate.

All shareholders can access the Annual and Half Year Reports; IMS; Trading
Updates;  and  other  published  and  current  information  about  the
Company through the Company’s website at www.gemdiamonds.com.

Constructive use of the AGM
All  Directors  attend  the  AGM,  where  shareholders  are  invited  to  ask
questions during the meeting and to meet Directors after the formal
proceedings have ended. Shareholders at the meeting will be advised
as to the level of proxy votes received, plus percentages for and against
in  respect  of  each  resolution.  The  results  of  the  resolutions  will
be announced  through  the  Regulatory  News  Service  and  on  the
Company’s website.

The Board uses the AGM to communicate with institutional and private
investors  and  welcomes  their  participation.  At  the  AGM  the  Group
Chairman and the Chairman of the Audit, Remuneration, Nomination
and HSSE Committees will be present to answer questions. Details of the
resolutions to be proposed at the AGM can be found in the Notice of
the Meeting. In accordance with the Combined Code, notice of the AGM
and related papers will be sent to shareholders a minimum of 20 working
days before the meeting which is due to be held on Tuesday 7 June 2011.

COMMITTEES
Board committees
Subject to those matters reserved for its decision, the Board delegates
certain responsibilities to a number of primary committees – the Audit,
Remuneration,  Nomination  and  HSSE  Committees.  The  terms  of
reference of these Committees are available on the Company’s website.

The terms of reference of each committee and the performance of each
were reviewed during the year and changes were made, if appropriate.
The terms of reference for each committee requires members to be
re-nominated after 3 years. This was done in respect of Mike Salamon
(HSSE; Nominations; and Remuneration Committees); Glenn Turner (HSSE
Committee), and Richard Williams (Audit Committee).

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee’s primary role is to ensure the integrity of financial
reporting  and  the  audit  process;  and  that  an  appropriate  risk
management  and  internal  financial  control  system  is  maintained.  In
doing  so,  the  Audit  Committee  assists  the  Board  of  Directors  in
discharging its responsibilities with regard to financial reporting, external
and internal audits and controls. These include but are not limited to
reviewing  the  annual  financial  statements  and  reviewing  significant
financial reporting judgements; considering the scope of the Company’s
annual external audit and the extent of non-audit work undertaken by
external auditors; approving and monitoring the effectiveness of the
internal audit programme and reviewing its material findings; advising
on the appointment of external auditors, overseeing this relationship
including  remuneration  and  terms  of  engagement,  monitoring
independence, annual review of auditor’s performance; and reviewing

60

the effectiveness of the Company’s internal financial control and risk
management systems.

The  Combined  Code  recommends  that  all  members  of  the  Audit
Committee  should  be  non-Executive  Directors,  all  of  whom  are
independent in character and judgement and free from relationships or
circumstances which are likely to affect, or could appear to affect, their
judgement.  The  Audit  Committee  comprises  three  non-Executive
Directors, Dave Elzas (Chairman of the Committee), Roger Davis and
Richard Williams MBE MC. Dave Elzas is considered to be independent.
The  association  of  Dave  Elzas  and  GMG  in  no  way  compromises  his
independence.  The  fees  for  the  work  performed  by  GMG  for  the
Company are immaterial in relation to the overall income of GMG. Dave
Elzas with his experience in running several businesses and being a
partner of GMG is seen as having appropriate financial experience as
referred to in C.3.1.

The Committee met four times in the year. Four meetings are scheduled
for  2011.  The  Chief  Executive,  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  a
representative of the Company’s internal and external auditors normally
attend  each  meeting.  Other  Directors  of  the  Company  and  Senior
Executives may, by invitation, also attend and speak, but not vote at any
meeting of the Audit Committee.

Audit Committee functions in 2010 included:

(cid:2) Reviewing, for submission to the Board, the 2009 annual financial
statements,  the  2010  interim  results  and  the  external  auditor’s
detailed reports thereon;

(cid:2) Reviewing  the  appropriateness  of  the  Company’s  accounting

policies;

involving  significant 

(cid:2) Reviewing Management Reports prior to approval of the interim and
annual  accounts  and  before  the  audit. The  Management  Report
covers  areas 
judgement,  estimation  or
uncertainty,  including  assessment  of  fair  values,  impairment  of
goodwill, quality of earnings, taxation, treasury, reserves and resources,
legal  matters  and  the  appropriateness  of  preparing  the  financial
statements on a going-concern basis, which would be assessed;
(cid:2) Reviewing the external auditor’s plan and scope for the audit of the
Group’s financial statements, and approved their remuneration both
for audit and non-audit work, and their terms of engagement;

(cid:2) Recommending to the Board the re-appointment of the external
auditors  following  an  evaluation  of  their  effectiveness  and
confirmation of auditor objectivity and independence;

(cid:2) Reviewing reports from the external auditor on issues arising from

their work;

(cid:2) Reviewing  management’s  assessment  of  the  internal  control

framework;

(cid:2) Examining  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  risk  management
system, including its risk management process and profile, and the
Company’s internal control systems. The Committee received reports
of the internal control environment in place at its subsidiaries which
were considered to be effective;

(cid:2) Approving the statement on the process by which the Committee

and the Board review the effectiveness of internal control;

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

(cid:2) Reviewing the nature and limits of the Company’s insurance policies

which were considered to be appropriate;

(cid:2) Reviewing and approved the internal audit plans for 2011 and the

effectiveness of the internal audit function;

(cid:2) Evaluating  the  performance  of  the  Committee  and  its  terms  of

reference;

(cid:2) Reviewing  the  Whistleblowing  arrangement  throughout  the

Company and received reports and consequential action;

(cid:2) Reviewing  the  assessment  of  ‘going  concern’  and  the  related

disclosure in the Annual Report; and

(cid:2) Reviewing and approved the adoption of a Policy on the provision for

non-Audit Services.

Audit Committee Meetings
Following each Audit Committee meeting, separate meetings were held
with each of the following on their own:

Remuneration Committee
The details of the Remuneration Committee and its operation can be
found on pages 48 to 55 of the Directors Remuneration Report.

Nominations Committee
The Nominations Committee comprises two non-Executive Directors
and one Executive Director. The non-Executive Directors are Roger Davis
(Chairman of the Committee) and Mike Salamon (Senior Independent
Director) with Clifford Elphick as the Executive Director. The terms of
reference  provide  for  a  formal  and  transparent  procedure.  The
Committee  has  responsibility  to  identify,  evaluate  and  recommend
candidates for Board vacancies and to make recommendations on Board
composition  and  balance.  Two  meetings  were  held  in  2010.  All
recommendations  for  Board  appointments  are  made  on  merit  and
against objective criteria. So far the committee has not employed outside
consultants as appropriate candidates were known to the Board.

(cid:2) The external auditors;
(cid:2) Internal auditors; and
(cid:2) The executive management.

Auditor’s independence and non-audit work
The Audit Committee has a formal policy governing the conduct of non-
audit work by the external auditors which ensures that the Company is
in  compliance  with  the  requirements  of  the  Code  and  the  Ethical
Standards for Auditors published by the Auditing Practices Board.

The auditors are permitted to provide non-audit services that are not in
conflict with auditor independence. Periodic reports are made to the
Audit Committee detailing non-audit fees paid to the external auditors.

During the year Ernst & Young performed the following non-audit work –
tax  advisory  services  and  tax  consultancy  services,  which  was  in
accordance with the Group’s policy. The fees for such work amounted to
US$168 180, representing 12% of the audit fees.

The Company is very conscious of ensuring that when commissioning
non-audit services there is no conflict which could compromise the
auditor’s independence. Therefore it only uses services which will be
facilitated by the existing relationship with the Company.

Recommendation of Auditor
The Committee’s assessment of the external auditor’s performance and
their  independence,  underpins  its  recommendation  to  the  Board  to
propose to shareholders the re-appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as
auditors  until  the  conclusion  of  the  AGM  in  2012.  This  assessment
includes  a  review  of  Ernst  &  Young’s  policies  for  maintaining
independence, including the policy for rotation of audit partners. This
requires  a  new  lead  audit  partner  to  be  appointed  every  5  years.  In
accordance  with  this  policy  there  will  be  a  new  lead  audit  partner
after the 2010 audit. Resolutions to authorise the Board to re-appoint
and  determine  their  remuneration  will  be  proposed  at  the  AGM  on
7 June 2011.

Nominations Committee functions in 2010 included:

(cid:2) Succession planning;
(cid:2) The composition of various committees;
(cid:2) Board composition;
(cid:2) The effectiveness of the Nominations Committee (there were no

matters of note arising from the exercise); and

(cid:2) Assess the effectiveness of those seeking re-election at the AGM and

make recommendations to the Board.

HSSE Committee
In addition to the formal committees recommended by the Code, the
Board  has  established  an  HSSE  Committee.  It  assists  the  Board  in
developing and monitoring policies and guidelines for the management
on corporate social responsibility and sustainable development matters,
including health, safety, CSI and environmental issues, and to ensure their
implementation as well as correct and legal maintenance throughout
the Group. Additionally, the HSSE Committee has developed a system of
internal controls and risk management policies and procedures which
aim to ensure the Group’s strategy is cognisant of and takes account of
the best corporate social responsibility practice, the details of which are
more fully described in the Sustainability Development Report to be
found on pages 17 to 44. The HSSE Committee provides the Board with
additional focus and guidance on key global HSSE issues. Four meetings
were held in 2010.

The Committee comprises Gavin Beevers (non-Executive Director, who
chairs the Committee) Mike Salamon and Glenn Turner (Chief Legal and
Commercial Officer).

The primary purpose of the Committee is to:

(cid:2) Have oversight of and provide advice to the Board and, as necessary,
to the Audit Committee, on all Corporate Social Responsibility matters
which will embrace such issues as safety and sustainability including
health,  environment  and  community  matters,  and  particularly
as pertaining to the risk and management of these issues within
the Group;

61

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Corporate Governance Report continued

(cid:2) Have oversight of and provide advice to the Board on the Group’s
compliance  with  applicable  legal  and  regulatory  requirements
associated with Corporate Social Responsibility which includes safety
and sustainability;

(cid:2) Periodically assess the effectiveness of management’s attitudes and
in,  managing  safety  and

approach  towards,  and  activities 
sustainability related risk as part of Corporate Social Responsibility;
(cid:2) Review significant safety and environmental incidents and consider
causative factors, consequences and actions including the impact on
employees and third parties and reputational risk;

HSSE Committee functions in 2010 included:

(cid:2) Visiting and inspecting most of the Group’s operating sites either

individually or together;

(cid:2) Monitoring and evaluating audit reports on the implementation and
effectiveness  of  HSSE  policy,  HSSE  governance  and  HSSE
performance;

(cid:2) Monitoring and evaluating reports on HSSE incidents and the results

of investigations into HSSE incidents;

(cid:2) Receiving legal advice on HSSE obligations and HSSE governance

(cid:2) Review the Group’s performance indicators in connection with safety

arrangements across the business;

and sustainability matters;

(cid:2) Reviewing  the  HSSE  Committee’s  effectiveness  and  terms  of

(cid:2) Review the Group’s public disclosures on safety and sustainability

reference (which are available on the Company’s website);

matters and approve these as necessary; and

(cid:2) Monitoring and evaluating new developments, issues and/or relevant

(cid:2) Report to the Board on developments, trends and/or forthcoming
significant legislation on safety and sustainability matters which may
be relevant to the Group’s operations, its assets or employees.

legislation on HSSE matters;

(cid:2) Reviewing and updating the HSSE policies (which are available on

the Company’s website); and

(cid:2) Reviewing expenditure and progress on community projects and

approved CSI expenditure.

By order of the Board

André Confavreux
André Confavreux
Company Secretary
14 March 2011

62

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Annual Financial Statements

Statement of Directors Responsibility 
in Respect of the Annual Report and Financial Statements
Independent Auditor’s Report
Consolidated Income Statement
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Consolidated Statement of Cashflows
Notes to the Annual Financial Statements

64
65
67
68
69
70
71
72

63

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Responsibility Statement of the Directors in Respect 
of the Annual Report and Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the
Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS).

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records
that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s transactions and
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of
the Group. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the
Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The  Directors  confirm  that  the  financial  statements,  prepared  in
accordance with IFRS, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities,
financial  position  and  profit  of  the  Company  and  the  undertakings
included in the consolidation taken as a whole.

Information,  including  accounting  policies,  has  been  presented  in  a
manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable
information  and  additional  disclosures  have  been  provided  when
compliance with the specific requirements in IFRS have been insufficient
to  enable  users  to  understand  the  financial  impact  of  particular
transactions,  other  events  and  conditions  on  the  Group’s  financial
position and financial performance. Where necessary, the Directors have
made judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent.

The  Directors  of  the  Company  have  elected  to  comply  with  certain
Listing  Rules  (LR)  which  would  otherwise  only  apply  to  companies
incorporated in the UK – namely:

a) the directors’ statement under LR 9.8.6R(3) (statement by the directors

that the business is a going concern);

b) the directors’ remuneration disclosures made under LR 9.8.8R(2) – (5)

The management report (entitled Business Review) includes a fair review
of the development and performance of the business and the position
of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and
uncertainties that they face.

c)

and (11) – (12); and
the  requirements  of  Schedule  8  to The  Large  and  Medium-sized
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 of
the United Kingdom pertaining to directors’ remuneration that UK
quoted companies are required to comply with.

KEVIN BURFORD
Chief Financial Officer
14 March 2011

64

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members 
of Gem Diamonds Limited

We  have  audited  the  Group  financial  statements  of  Gem  Diamonds
Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’) for the
year  ended  31 December  2010  which  comprise  the  Consolidated
Income  Statement,  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Comprehensive
Income,  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Financial  Position,  the
Consolidated  Statement  of  Changes  in  Equity,  the  Consolidated
Statement of Cash Flows and the related notes 1 to 28. The financial
reporting  framework  that  has  been  applied  in  their  preparation  is
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs).

This report is made solely to the Company’s members in accordance
with  the  terms  of  our  letter  of  engagement  dated March  2010
(Addendum to the engagement 15 February 2011). Our audit work has
been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members
those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and
the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or
for the opinions we have formed.

RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set
out on page 64, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the
Group financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true
and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit the Group financial statements
in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland).
Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s
Ethical Standards for Auditors.

In addition the company has also instructed us to:

(cid:2) Report as to whether the Directors’ Report for the financial year for
which the Group financial statements are prepared is consistent with
the financial statements.

(cid:2) Report  as  to  whether  the  information  given  in  the  Corporate
Governance  Statement  with  respect  to  internal  control  and  risk
management systems in relation to financial reporting processes and
about  share  capital  structures  is  consistent  with  the  financial
statements.

(cid:2) Report  as  to  whether  the  section of  the  Directors’  Remuneration
Report that is described as audited has been properly prepared in
accordance with the basis of preparation described therein.

(cid:2) Review certain elements of the report to shareholders by the board
on  directors’  remuneration,  which  for  a  premium  listed  UK
incorporated company is specified for review by the Listing Rules of
the Financial Services Authority.

(cid:2) Report if we are not satisfied that:

1. adequate accounting records have been kept (including returns
from  those  branches  which  have  not  been  visited);  or
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Gem Diamonds
Limited
2.
the accounts are in agreement with the records and returns; or
3.  we have obtained all the information and explanations which we

consider necessary for the purpose of the audit.

(cid:2) Review the directors’ statement in relation to going concern as set
out  on  page 46,  which  for  a  premium  listed  UK  incorporated
company is specified for review by the Listing Rules of the Financial
Services Authority.

SCOPE OF THE AUDIT AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures
in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that
the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether
caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the
accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s circumstances, and
have  been  consistently  applied  and  adequately  disclosed;  the
reasonableness  of  significant  accounting  estimates  made  by  the
directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements.

OPINION ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In our opinion the Group financial statements:

(cid:2) give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  the  Group’s  affairs  as  at
31 December 2010 and of its profit for the year then ended; and

(cid:2) have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs.

OPINION ON OTHER MATTERS AS PER OUR TERMS OF
ENGAGEMENT WITH THE COMPANY
In our opinion:

(cid:2) the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year
for which the Group financial statements are prepared is consistent
with the financial statements;

(cid:2) the information given in the Corporate Governance Statement set
out  on  pages 58 to 59 with  respect  to  internal  control  and  risk
management systems in relation to financial reporting processes and
about  share  capital  structures  is  consistent  with  the  financial
statements; and

(cid:2) the part of the Remuneration Report of the Company that has been
described as audited has been properly prepared in accordance with
the basis of preparation as described therein.

65

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members 
of Gem Diamonds Limited continued

MATTERS ON WHICH WE REPORT BY EXCEPTION
We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under  the  Listing  Rules  we  are  required  to  review  the  part of  the
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s compliance
with the nine provisions of the June 2008 Combined Code, specified in
for our review.

Under the terms of our engagement we agreed to report to you if, in
our opinion:

(cid:2) adequate accounting records have not been kept, (including returns

from those branches which have not been visited); or

(cid:2) the accounts are not in agreement with the records and returns; or

(cid:2) we have not obtained all the information and explanations which we

consider necessary for the purpose of the audit; or

(cid:2) certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration which the Company
has made voluntarily as if it were subject to UK companies legislation
are not made; or

(cid:2) the  directors’  statement,  set  out  on  page 46,  in  relation  to  going

concern.

Ernst & Young LLP
1 More London Place
London
14 March 2011

66

Consolidated Income Statement
For the year ended 31 December 2010

(US$’000)

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

Revenue

Cost of sales

GROSS PROFIT

Other operating income

Royalties and selling costs

Corporate expenses

Share-based payments

Reversal of impairment

Foreign exchange gain

OPERATING PROFIT

Net finance income/(costs)

Finance income

Finance costs

Share of post tax loss of associate

PROFIT BEFORE TAX FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

Income tax expense

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Loss after tax for the year from discontinued operations

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

Attributable to:

Equity holders of parent

Non-controlling interests

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

Earnings per share (cents)

– Basic profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

– Diluted profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

Earnings per share for continuing operations (cents)

– Basic profit for continuing operations attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

– Diluted profit for continuing operations attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent

*

The prior year figures have been restated for the reclassification impact of accounting for discontinued operations (Refer Note 6, Discontinued Operations).

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes

2010

2009*

2

3

28

3

4

7

5

6

8

266 376

(177 833)

88 543

2 569

(23 225)

(15 109)

(1 644)

–

1 137

52 271

2 470

4 102

(1 632)

(261)

54 480

(18 207)

36 273

(90)

36 183

20 185

15 998

36 183

15

14

15

15

243 338

(175 622)

67 716

250

(22 411)

(14 937)

(5 620)

170

14 310

39 478

(224)

2 851

(3 075)

–

39 254

(10 214)

29 040

(3 671)

25 369

15 531

9 838

25 369

14

13

17

16

67

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 December 2010

(US$’000)

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of parent

Non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive income for the year

2010

36 183

35 783

35 783

71 966

46 178

25 788

71 966

2009

25 369

46 056

46 056

71 425

48 163

23 262

71 425

68

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 31 December 2010

(US$’000)

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investment property

Investment in associate

Intangible assets

Other financial assets

Current assets

Inventories

Receivables

Other financial assets

Income tax receivable

Cash and short term deposits

Assets of disposal group classified as held for sale

TOTAL ASSETS

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Issued capital

Share premium

Own shares1

Other reserves

Accumulated losses

Non-controlling interests

TOTAL EQUITY

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Current liabilities

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Trade and other payables

Income tax payable

Liabilities directly associated with the assets of the disposal group classified as held for sale

TOTAL LIABILITIES

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

1

Being shares held by Gem Diamonds Limited Employee Share Trust.

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes

2010

2009

9

10

7

11

13

15

16

13

17

6

18

18

20

21

14

19

20

6

414 017

356 554

617

1 257

31 154

13 506

460 551

35 237

7 191

45

121

129 849

172 443

3 082

636 076

1 383

885 648

(1)

1 325

(489 075)

399 280

84 791

484 071

685

32 510

71 012

104 207

–

44 274

1 648

45 922

1 876

152 005

636 076

–

–

27 990

12 578

397 122

31 395

6 995

535

92

113 827

152 844

140

550 106

1 383

885 648

(1)

(26 551)

(509 260)

351 219

68 043

419 262

1 584

30 183

60 549

92 316

204

36 842

1 274

38 320

208

130 844

550 106

69

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 December 2010

(US$’000)

Balance at 1 January 2010

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Share-based payments (Note 28)

Revaluation through other reserves

Dividends paid

Balance at 31 December 2010

Balance at 1 January 2009

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Share capital issued

Transaction costs on share capital issued

Share-based payments

Dividends paid

Attributable to the equity

holders of the parent

Issued
Share
capital2 premium2

Own
shares1

(Accumulated
losses)/
retained
earnings

Other
reserves2

Non-
controlling
interests

Total

1 383 885 648

(1)

(26 551) (509 260)

351 219

–

20 185

25 993

–

25 993

20 185

1 766

117

–

–

–

–

20 185

25 993

46 178

1 766

117

–

Total
equity

419 262

36 183

35 783

71 966

1 766

117

68 043

15 998

9 790

25 788

–

–

(9 040)

(9 040)

1 325 (489 075)

399 280

84 791

484 071

(64 929)

(524 791)

198 394

48 068

246 462

–

15 531

32 632

32 632

–

15 531

–

–

5 746

–

–

–

–

–

15 531

32 632

48 163

108 771

(9 855)

5 746

9 838

13 424

23 262

–

–

–

–

(3 287)

25 369

46 056

71 425

108 771

(9 855)

5 746

(3 287)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1 383 885 648

629 787 487

–

–

–

–

–

–

754 108 016

–

–

–

(9 855)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1)

(2)

–

–

–

1

–

–

–

Balance at 31 December 2009

1 383 885 648

(1)

(26 551)

(509 260)

351 219

68 043

419 262

1
2

Being shares held by Gem Diamonds Limited Employee Share Trust.
Refer to Note 18, Issued Capital and Reserves for further detail.

70

Consolidated Statement of Cashflows
For the year ended 31 December 2010

(US$’000)

CASHFLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Cash generated by operations

Working capital adjustments

Interest received

Interest paid

Income tax paid

CASHFLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from disposal of other financial assets

Purchase of other financial assets

Cash (disposed of )/received from disposal of subsidiary

Rights participation in associate

CASHFLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from share capital issued

Transaction costs from share capital issued

Repayment of bonds

Financial liabilities repaid

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year – continuing operations

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year – discontinuing operations

Foreign exchange differences

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year held with banks

Restricted cash at end of the year

Less: cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations at end of the year

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes

2010

2009

22.1

22.2

22.3

17

17

93 996

102 565

803

103 368

4 045

(61)

(13 356)

(77 211)

(77 556)

938

–

(86)

(369)

(138)

(9 244)

–

–

–

(204)

(9 040)

7 541

113 827

15

8 544

129 927

124 587

5 340

(78)

47 451

74 736

(2 503)

72 233

2 851

(1 918)

(25 715)

(61 027)

(58 856)

20

321

(6 301)

3 789

–

54 130

108 771

(9 855)

(15 760)

(25 739)

(3 287)

40 554

61 436

–

11 852

113 842

108 727

5 115

(15)

129 849

113 827

71

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements
For the year ended 31 December 2010

1.
1.1 
1.1.1 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Corporate information
Incorporation
The holding company, Gem Diamonds Limited (the ‘Company’), was incorporated on 29 July 2005 in the British Virgin Islands. The Company’s
registration number is 669758.

These financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board on 14 March 2011.

1.1.2  Operational information

The Company has the following investments directly in subsidiaries at 31 December 2010:

Name of company

Subsidiaries

Gem Diamond 
Technical Services 
(Proprietary) Limited1

Share
holding

Cost of
investment

Country of
incorporation

Nature of business

100%

US$17

RSA

Gem Equity Group Limited1

100%

US$50 000

BVI

Letšeng Diamonds 
(Proprietary) Limited1

Gope Exploration 
Company (Proprietary) 
Limited1

BDI Mining Corp1

Gem Diamonds 
Australia Holdings1

Gem Diamonds
Investments Limited1

70%

100%

100%

100%

100%

US$126 000 303

Lesotho

US$27 752 144

Botswana

US$82 064 783

BVI

US$293 960 521

Australia

US$17 510 827

UK

financial  and  management 
Technical, 
consulting services to the diamond industry.

Dormant investment company holding 1%
in Gope Exploration Company (Proprietary)
Limited,  2%  in  Gem  Diamonds  Marketing
Services BVBA and 0.1% in Calibrated Gem
Botswana (Proprietary) Limited

Diamond  mining  and  holder  of  mining
rights.

Diamond  mining; 
and
development;  and  holder  of  mining
licences and concessions.

evaluation 

Investment  company  holding  80%  in  PT
Galuh Cempaka.

Investment  company  holding  100% 
Kimberley Diamonds Limited.

in

DMCC 

Investment holding company holding 100%
in  each  of  Gem  Diamonds  Technology
Limited,  Gem  Diamonds
(Mauritius) 
Calibrated
Technology 
and 
Diamonds 
Holdings
Investment 
(Proprietary)  Limited;  99.9%  in  Calibrated
Gem  Botswana  (Proprietary)  Limited  and
98% in Gem Diamonds Marketing Services 
BVBA,  a  marketing  company  that  sells  the 
Group’s diamonds on tender in Antwerp.

1 No change in the shareholding since the prior year.
During the year, the shareholding in Gem Diamond Centrafrique SARL was disposed of.

1.1.3

Segment information
For management purposes, the Group is organised into geographical units as the Group’s risks and required rates of return are affected
predominantly by differences in the geographical regions of the mines and areas in which the Group operates. Other regions where no direct
mining activities take place are organised into geographical regions in the areas where the projects are based. The main geographical
regions are:

(cid:2) Lesotho (Mining activities)
(cid:2) Australia (Mining activities)
(cid:2) Botswana (Mining activities)
(cid:2) BVI, RSA, UK and Belgium (Provision of technical and administrative services. Includes beneficiation projects currently being established

and selling of the Group’s diamonds on tender).

72

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

1.1.3

Segment information continued
Management monitors the operating results of the geographical units separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource
allocation and performance assessment. Segment performance is evaluated based on operating profit or loss. However, Group financing
(including finance costs and finance income) and income taxes are managed on a group basis and are not allocated to operating segments.

Inter-segment transactions are entered into under normal arm’s length terms in a manner similar to transactions with third parties. Segment
revenue,  segment  expenses  and  segment  results  include  transactions  between  segments.  Those  transactions  are  eliminated  on
consolidation.

Segment revenue is derived from mining activities and group services.

The following table presents revenue and profit, asset and liability information regarding the Group’s geographical segments:

Year ended 31 December 2010
(US$’000)

Sales

Total sales

Inter-segment sales

Sales to external customers

Results

Depreciation and amortisation1

Share-based equity transactions

Segment operating profit/(loss)

Net finance income/(cost)

Share of loss of associate

Lesotho

Australia

Botswana

BVI, RSA,UK 
and Belgium

Total

189 080

77 961

(88 096)

–

100 984

77 961

34 124

21 724

92

68 047

2 318

–

195

4 638

(43)

(261)

–

–

–

–

–

96 291

363 332

(8 860)

(96 956)

87 431

266 376

1 875

1 357

(48)

(20 366)

2

–

193

–

57 723

1 644

52 271

2 470

(261)

Profit before tax from continuing operations

Segment assets

Investment in associate

Total segment assets

Segment liabilities

70 365

4 334

(46)

(20 173)

54 480

410 811

91 078

52 775

77 439

632 103

–

410 811

31 607

891

91 969

42 604

–

–

891

52 775

77 439

632 994

220

4 687

79 118

1  Depreciation and amortisation includes property, plant and equipment depreciation, mining assets amortisation and waste amortisation. US$10.2 million and

US$13.7 million of waste cost amortised at Lesotho and Australia respectively, is included in cost of sales.

Other segment information

Capital expenditure
– Property, plant and equipment

52 567

23 938

1 840

1 838

80 183

Operating profit for each operating segment does not include finance income (US$4.1 million) and finance costs (US$1.6 million).

Annual revenue from two customers amounted to US$91.5 million arising from sales reported in the Lesotho and Australia segments.

Segment assets do not include assets of the disposal group classified as held for sale (US$3.1 million).

Segment liabilities do not include deferred tax liabilities (US$71.0 million) and liabilities directly associated with the assets of the disposal
group classified as held for sale (US$1.9 million).

73

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

1.1.3

Segment information continued
Year ended 31 December 2009*
(US$’000)

Sales

Total sales

Inter-segment sales

Sales to external customers

Results

Depreciation and amortisation

Share-based equity transactions

Segment operating profit/(loss)

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Lesotho

Australia

Indonesia

Botswana

BVI, RSA
and UK

Total

11 690

252 279

(8 941)

(8 941)

2 749

243 338

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

–

3

–

–

1 775

5 212

58 232

5 620

39 478

(10)

(8 706)

2 986

3 679

48 904

1 373

80 126

546 980

4 000

70 087

163 881

76 705

–

–

163 881

76 705

42 635

189

40 104

341 872

25 231

13 822

219

8 090

76 078

35 804

1 Depreciation and amortisation includes property, plant and equipment depreciation, mining assets amortisation and waste amortisation. US$22.5 million and

US$7.9 million of waste cost amortised at Lesotho and Australia respectively, is included in cost of sales.

Other segment information

Capital expenditure
– Property, plant and equipment

34 425

20 692

–

3 874

1 467

60 458

*

Prior year figures have been restated for the reclassification impact for accounting for discontinued operations (Refer Note 6, Discontinued Operations).

Profit for each operating segment does not include finance income (US$2.9 million) and finance costs (US$3.1 million).

Segment assets do not include assets of the disposal group classified as held for sale (US$0.1 million).

Segment liabilities do not include deferred tax liabilities (US$60.5 million) and liabilities directly associated with the assets of the disposal
groups classified as held for sale (US$0.2 million).

Summary of significant accounting policies

1.2.
1.2.1  Basis of presentation

The financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). These
financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost basis, except as modified by the revaluation of available-for-sale financial
assets and liabilities (including derivative financial instruments) at fair value through profit or loss. The accounting policies have been
consistently applied except for the adoption of the new standards and interpretations detailed below.

The functional currency of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries is the US dollar, which is the currency of the primary economic
environment in which the entities operate. All amounts are expressed in US dollars. The financial statements of subsidiaries whose functional
and reporting currency is in currencies other than the US dollar have been converted into US dollars on the basis as set out in Note 1.2.14.
Foreign currency translations.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of
judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 1.2.25.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements.

The Group has also adopted the following standards and interpretations from 1 January 2010:

IFRS 2 Share-Based Payment – Group cash-settled share-based payment transactions
The Standard has been amended to clarify the accounting for group cash-settled share-based payment transactions. This amendment also
supersedes IFRIC 8 and IFRIC 11. The adoption of this amendment did not have any impact on the financial position or performance of the
Group or any additional disclosure requirements.

IFRS 3 Business Combinations (revised)
IFRS 3 (revised) introduces significant changes in the accounting for business combinations occurring after 1 January 2010. Changes affect
the valuation of non-controlling interest, the accounting for transaction costs, the initial recognition and subsequent measurement of a
contingent consideration and business combinations achieved in stages. 

74

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

1.2.1  Basis of presentation continued

These changes will impact the amount of goodwill recognised, the reported results in the period that an acquisition occurs and future
reported results. The change in accounting policy was applied prospectively and all acquisition-related costs have been expensed in the
current year. There were no acquisitions in the current year and therefore no further impact on profit.

IAS 27 Consolidated and separate financial statements (amended)
This amendment requires that a change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary (without loss of control) is accounted for as a transaction
with owners in their capacity as owners. Therefore, such transactions will no longer give rise to goodwill, nor will it give rise to a gain or loss.
Furthermore the amended standard changes the accounting for losses incurred by the subsidiary as well as the loss of control of a subsidiary.
The amendment had no effect on the financial position or performance of the Group.

IFRIC 17 Distribution of non-cash assets to owners
This interpretation provides guidance on accounting for arrangements whereby an entity distributes non-cash assets to shareholders either
as a distribution of reserves or as dividends. The interpretation had no effect on the financial position or performance of the Group.

IFRIC 18 Transfer of Assets from customers
This amendment clarifies the requirements for agreements in which an entity receives from a customer an item of property, plant and
equipment that the entity must then use either to connect the customer to a network or to provide the customer with ongoing access to
a supply of goods or services. The amendment had no effect on the financial position or performance of the Group.

Improvements to IFRSs
In May 2009 the International Accounting Standards Board issued its second omnibus of amendments to its standards, primarily with a
view to removing inconsistencies and clarifying wording. There are separate transitional provisions for each standard. The adoption of the
following amendments resulted in changes to accounting policies but did not have any impact on the financial position or performance
of the Group and did not have any additional disclosure requirements other than those detailed below.

IFRS 8 Operating segment information
Clarifies that segment assets and liabilities need only be reported when those assets and liabilities are included in measures that are used
by the chief operating decision maker. As the Group’s chief operating decision maker does review segment assets and liabilities, the Group
has continued to disclose this information in Note 1.1.3.

IAS 7 Statement of cashflows
Explicitly states that only expenditure that results in recognising an asset can be classified as a cashflow from investing activities. The Group
has complied with this amendment in preparing its cashflow statement.

IAS 18 Revenue
The IASB has added guidance (which accompanies the standard) to determine whether an entity is acting as a principal or as an agent. The
features indicating an entity is acting as a principal are whether the entity:

(cid:2) has primary responsibility for providing the good or services;
(cid:2) has inventory risk;
(cid:2) has discretion in establishing prices;
(cid:2) bears the credit risk

The Group has assessed its revenue arrangements against these criteria and concluded that it is acting as principal in all arrangements.

IAS 36 Impairment of assets:
The amendment clarified that the largest unit permitted for allocating goodwill, acquired in a business combination, is the operating
segment as defined in IFRS 8 before aggregation for reporting purposes. The amendment has no impact on the Group as the annual
impairment test is performed before aggregation.

The amendments to the following standards did not have any impact on the accounting policies, financial position or performance of the Group:

IFRS 2
IFRS 5
IAS 1
IAS 17
IAS 38
IAS 39
IFRIC 9
IFRIC 16

Share based payments (Scope of IFRS 2 and revised IFRS 3)
Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations
Presentation of Financial Statements
Leases
Intangible Assets
Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement
Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives
Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation

75

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

1.2.1  Basis of presentation continued

Standard or Interpretation
IFRS 9
IAS 24
IAS 32
IFRIC 14
IFRIC 19
Improvements to IFRS (May 2010)

Financial instruments
Amendments to IAS 24
Amendment to IAS 32
Amendments to IFRIC 14
Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments

(Phase 1 of new standards to replace IAS39)
– Related Party Disclosure
– Classification of Rights Issue denominated in a Foreign Currency
– Prepayments of a minimum Funding Requirement

Effective Date*
January 2013
January 2011
February 2010
January 2011
July 2010
July 2010

*

Annual periods beginning on or after.

The Group has not early adopted any of these standards or amendments. The Directors do not anticipate that the adoption of these
standards will have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements in the period of initial application once adopted.

Business environment and country risk
The Group’s operations are subject to country risk being the economic, political and social risks inherent in doing business in certain areas
of Africa, Indonesia and Australia. These risks include matters arising out of the policies of the government, economic conditions, imposition
of or changes to taxes and regulations, foreign exchange rate fluctuations and the enforceability of contract rights.

The consolidated financial information reflects management’s assessment of the impact of these business environments on the operations
and the financial position of the Group. The future business environment may differ from management’s assessment.

1.2.2  Going concern

The Company’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are set out in
the Business Review on pages 5 to 27. The financial position of the Company, its cashflows and liquidity position are described in the Business
Review on pages 8 to 11. In addition, Note 27, Financial Risk Management, includes the Company’s objectives, policies and processes
for managing its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments and its exposures to credit risk and
liquidity risk.

After making enquiries which include reviews of forecasts and budgets, timing of cash flows, borrowing facilities and sensitivity analyses and
considering the uncertainties described in this report either directly or by cross reference, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that
the Group and the Company have adequate financial resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this
reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the annual report and accounts of the Company.

These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis which assumes that the Group will be able to meet its liabilities
as they fall due for the foreseeable future.

Refer to Note 27, Financial Risk Management for statements on the Company’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital;
details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; its exposures to market risk in relation to commodity price and foreign exchange
risks; cashflow interest rate risk; credit risk and liquidity risk.

1.2.3  Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company.  Control
is achieved where the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an investee entity so as to obtain benefits
from its activities.

Basis of consolidation from 1 January 2010
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains control, and continue to be
consolidated until the date that such control ceases. Control comprises the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the
investee so as to obtain benefit from its activities and is achieved through direct or indirect ownership of voting rights; currently exercisable
or convertible potential voting rights; or by way of contractual agreement. The financial statements of subsidiaries used in the preparation
of the consolidated financial statements are prepared for the same reporting year as the parent company and are based on consistent
accounting policies. All intragroup balances and transactions, including unrealised profits arising from them, are eliminated in full.

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction. If the Group loses
control over a subsidiary, it (i) derecognises the assets (including goodwill) and liabilities of the subsidiary; (ii) derecognises the carrying
amount of any non-controlling interest; (iii) derecognises the cumulative translation differences, recorded in equity; (iv) recognises the fair
value of the consideration received; (v) recognises the fair value of any investment retained; (vi) recognises any surplus or deficit in profit or
loss; (vii) reclassifies the parent’s share of components previously recognised in other comprehensive income to profit or loss or retained
earnings, as appropriate.

76

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

1.2.3  Basis of consolidation  continued
Non-controlling interests
Non-controlling interests represent the equity in a subsidiary not attributable, directly and indirectly, to the parent company and is presented
separately within equity in the consolidated statement of financial position, separately from equity attributable to owners of the parent.
Losses within a subsidiary are attributed to the non-controlling interest even if that results in a deficit balance.

Basis of consolidation prior to 1 January 2010
Certain of the above-mentioned requirements were applied on a prospective basis. The following differences, however, are carried forward
in certain instances from the previous basis of consolidation:

Non-controlling interest represent the portion of profit or loss and net assets in subsidiaries that is not held by the Group and is presented
separately within equity in the consolidated statement of financial position, separately from parent shareholders’ equity.

Acquisitions of non-controlling interests, prior to 1 January 2010, were accounted for using the parent entity extension method, whereby,
the difference between the consideration and the book value of the share of the net assets acquired was recognised in goodwill.

Losses incurred by the Group were attributed to the non-controlling interest until the balance was reduced to nil. Any further excess losses
were attributed to the parent, unless the non-controlling interest had a binding obligation to cover these. Losses prior to 1 January 2010
were not reallocated between non-controlling interests and the parent shareholders.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies into line with those
used by the Group.

All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

When the company loses control of a subsidiary but retains significant influence, the subsidiary is deconsolidated and any resultant gain or
loss is recognised in the income statement. On the loss of control of a subsidiary, any investment retained in the former subsidiary will be
fair valued at this date and accounted for as an associate going forward.

Associates
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence, but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between
20% and 50% of the voting rights.

Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method, except when the asset is classified as held-for-sale. Under the equity
method, the investment is initially recognised at cost and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognise the Group’s share of
the profits or losses of the associate from the date acquired. The use of the equity method is discontinued from the date the Group ceases
to have significant influence over an associate or it becomes a subsidiary.

The excess of the cost over the Company’s interests in the net fair value of an associate’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities,
at the date of acquisition, is accounted for as goodwill and is included in the carrying amount of the associate. Any impairment losses are
deducted from the carrying amount of the investment in associate. Distributions received from the associate reduce the carrying amount
of the investment in associate.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of associates to bring their accounting policies into line with those
used by the Group.

Profits and losses resulting from transactions with associates are recognised only to the extent of unrelated investors’ interests in the associate.

1.2.4

Exploration and evaluation expenditure
Exploration and evaluation activity involves the search for mineral resources, the determination of technical feasibility and the assessment
of commercial viability of an identified resource. Exploration and evaluation activity includes:

(cid:2) acquisition of rights to explore;
(cid:2) researching and analysing historical exploration data;
(cid:2) gathering exploration data through topographical, geochemical and geophysical studies;
(cid:2) exploratory drilling, trenching and sampling;
(cid:2) determining and examining the volume and grade of the resource;
(cid:2) surveying transportation and infrastructure requirements; and
(cid:2) conducting market and finance studies.

77

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

1.2.4

Exploration and evaluation expenditure continued
Administration costs that are not directly attributable to a specific exploration area are charged to the income statement. Licence costs
paid in connection with a right to explore in an existing exploration area are capitalised and amortised over the term of the permit.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure is capitalised as incurred. Capitalised exploration expenditure is recorded as a component of property,
plant and equipment at cost less accumulated impairment charges. As the asset is not available for use, it is not depreciated.

All capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is monitored for indications of impairment. Where a potential impairment is indicated,
assessments are performed for each area of interest in conjunction with the group of operating assets (representing a cash generating unit
(CGU)) to which the exploration is attributed. To the extent that exploration expenditure is not expected to be recovered, it is charged to
the income statement. Exploration areas where reserves have been discovered, but require major capital expenditure before production can
begin, are continually evaluated to ensure that commercial quantities of reserves exist or to ensure that additional exploration work is
underway as planned.

1.2.5  Development expenditure

When proved reserves are determined and development is sanctioned, capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is reclassified
within property, plant and equipment to development expenditure. As the asset is not available for use, during the development phase, it
is not depreciated. On completion of the development, any capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure already capitalised to
development expenditure, together with the subsequent development expenditure, is reclassified within property, plant and equipment
to mining assets and depreciated on the basis as laid out in Note 1.2.6. Property, plant and equipment.

All development expenditure is monitored for indications of impairment annually.

1.2.6

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes
expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition and construction of the items, amongst others, professional fees, and for qualifying
assets, borrowing costs capitalised in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy.

Subsequent costs to replace a component of an item of property, plant and equipment that is accounted for separately, is capitalised with
the carrying amount of the component being written off, and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All repairs and maintenance
are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation commences when an asset is available for use. Depreciation is charged so as to write off the depreciable amount of the asset
to its residual value over its estimated useful life, using a method that reflects the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are
expected to be consumed by the Group.

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. The following
methods and useful lives were applied during the period:

Item
Mining assets
Decommissioning assets
Leasehold improvements
Plant and equipment
Finance lease assets
Other assets

Method
Straight line
Straight line
Straight line
Straight line
Straight line
Straight line

Useful life
Lesser of life of mine and period of lease
Lesser of life of mine and period of lease
Lesser of 3 years and period of lease
3 – 10 years
Lesser of period of lease or 5 years
2 – 5 years

Pre-production mine stripping costs are capitalised to development costs. Stripping costs incurred during the production phase to remove
additional overburden or waste ore are deferred when they give access to future economic benefits and charged to operating costs using
the expected average stripping ratio over the average life of the area being mined. The average stripping ratio is calculated as the number
of tonnes of waste material expected to be removed during the life of area, per tonne of ore mined.

The average life of area cost per tonne is calculated as the total expected costs to be incurred to mine the ore body divided by the number
of tonnes expected to be mined. The average life of area stripping ratio and the average life of area cost per tonne are recalculated annually
in light of additional knowledge and changes in estimates. Changes in the stripping ratio are accounted for prospectively as a change in
estimate.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated
recoverable amount.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount of the asset. These are included in the
income statement.

78

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

1.2.7 

Investment property
Investment property is initially recognised using the cost model. Subsequent recognition is at cost less accumulated depreciation and less
any accumulated impairment losses. Rental income from investment property is recognised on a straight line basis over the term of the lease.
Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging the lease are capitalised to investment property and depreciated over the lease term.
Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis as follows:

Investment property

No depreciation is provided for due to depreciable
amount being zero

Initial direct costs capitalised to investment property

5 years

1.2.8  Business combinations, goodwill and other intangible assets

Business combinations and goodwill
Business combinations from 1 January 2010
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the
consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. The choice
of measurement of non-controlling interest, either at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets is
determined on a transaction by transaction basis. Acquisition costs incurred are expensed and included in administrative expenses.

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation in
accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date. This includes the
separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts by the acquiree.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes
to the fair value of the contingent consideration which is deemed to be an asset or liability will be recognised in accordance with IAS 39
either in profit or loss or in other comprehensive income. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it should not be remeasured
until it is finally settled within equity.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost being the excess of the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred
and the amount recognised for the non-controlling interest (and where the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition-date
fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree) over the net identifiable amounts of the assets acquired and the
liabilities assumed in exchange for the business combination. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in transactions separate to the business
combinations, such as the settlement of pre-existing relationships or post-acquisition remuneration arrangements are accounted for
separately from the business combination in accordance with their nature and applicable IFRSs. Identifiable intangible assets, meeting either
the contractual-legal or separability criterion are recognised separately from goodwill. Contingent liabilities representing a present obligation
are recognised if the acquisition-date fair value can be measured reliably.

If the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised for the non-controlling
interest (and where the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity
interest in the acquiree) is lower than the fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities and the fair value of any pre-existing
interest held in the business acquired, the difference is recognised in profit and loss.

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing,
goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units (or groups
of cash generating units) that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree
are assigned to those units. Each unit or group of units to which goodwill is allocated shall represent the lowest level within the entity at
which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes and not be larger than an operating segment before aggregation.

Where goodwill forms part of a cash generating unit and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with
the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation.
Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured based on the relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the cash-
generating unit retained.

Business combinations prior to 1 January 2010
Business combinations were accounted for using the purchase method. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition formed
part of the acquisition costs. The non-controlling interest is accounted for using the parent-entity extension method, whereby the difference
between the consideration paid and the book value of the share in net assets acquired is recognised in goodwill.

79

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

1.2.8  Business combinations, goodwill and other intangible assets continued

Goodwill is initially measured at cost being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value
of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. If the net fair value of the acquired entity’s identifiable assets, liabilities and
contingent liabilities is greater than the cost of the investment, the difference is recognised as profit and loss. Goodwill recognised as an asset
as at January 2010 is recorded at its carrying amount and is not amortised. Any goodwill asset arising on the acquisition of equity accounted
entities is included within the cost of those entities.

After initial recognition, goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses, with the carrying amount being reviewed for
impairment at least annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.

The carrying amount of goodwill allocated to cash generating units is taken into account when determining the gain or loss on disposal
of the unit, or of an operation within it.

Contingent consideration was recognised if, and only if, the Group has a present obligation, the economic outflow was more likely than not
and a reliable estimate was determinable. Subsequent adjustments to the contingent consideration were recognised as part of goodwill.

Concessions and licences
Concessions and licences are shown at cost. Concessions and licences have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated
amortisation  and  accumulated  impairment  losses.  Amortisation  is  calculated  using  the  straight-line  method  to  allocate  the  cost  of
concessions and licences over the shorter of the life of mine or term of the licence once production commences.

1.2.9 

Impairments
Non-financial assets
Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount
exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing
value in use, the estimated future cashflows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at
the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets that were previously
impaired are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s
recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its
recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation,
had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such a reversal is recognised in the income statement. After such a
reversal the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a
systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

Financial assets
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether a financial asset or group of financial assets are impaired.

Assets carried at amortised cost
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on assets carried at amortised cost has been incurred, the amount of the loss is
measured as the difference between the assets carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cashflows (excluding future
expected credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate (i.e. the effective interest
rate computed at initial recognition). The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through use of an allowance account. The amount of the
loss shall be recognised in profit or loss.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring
after the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed, to the extent that the carrying value of the asset
does not exceed its amortised cost at the reversal date, any subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss.

In relation to trade receivables, a provision for impairment is made when there is objective evidence (such as the probability of insolvency
or significant financial difficulties of the debtor) that the Group will not be able to collect all of the amounts due under the original terms
of the invoice. The carrying amount of the receivable is reduced through use of an allowance account. Impaired debts are derecognised when
they are assessed as uncollectible.

80

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

1.2.9 

Impairments continued
Available-for-sale financial investments
If  an  available-for-sale  asset  is  impaired,  an  amount  comprising  the  difference  between  its  cost  (net  of  any  principal  payment  and
amortisation) and its current fair value, less any impairment loss previously recognised in profit or loss, is transferred from equity to profit or
loss. Reversals in respect of equity instruments classified as available-for-sale are not recognised in profit or loss. Reversals of impairment losses
on debt instruments are reversed through profit or loss, if the increase in fair value of the instrument can be objectively related to an event
occurring after the impairment loss was recognised in profit or loss.

1.2.10 Other financial assets

(cid:2) financial assets at fair value through profit or loss;
(cid:2) loans and receivables;
(cid:2) held-to-maturity investments; and
(cid:2) available-for-sale financial assets.

Management determines the classification of its investments at initial recognition and re-evaluates this designation at every reporting date.

When financial assets are recognised initially, they are measured at fair value plus (in the case of investments, not at fair value though profit
or loss) directly attributable costs.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
This category has two sub-categories: financial assets held-for-trading, and those designated at fair value through profit or loss. Upon initial
recognition, a financial asset is classified in this category if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short-term or if so designated
by management. Derivatives are also categorised as held-for-trading unless they are designated as hedges. Gains and losses on investments
held for trading are recognised in profit or loss. Assets in this category are classified as current assets if they are either held-for-trading or
are expected to be realised within twelve months of the balance sheet date.

Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They
are included in current assets, except those with maturities greater than twelve months after the balance sheet date. These are classified as
non-current assets. Such assets are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less any allowance for impairment, if
the time value of money is significant. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the loans and receivables are derecognised or
impaired, as well as through the amortisation process. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective
evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables. The amount of the
provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cashflows, discounted at an
appropriate interest rate. The amount of the provision is recognised in the income statement.

Held-to-maturity investments
Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that the Group’s
management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity. If the time value of money is significant, held-to-maturity investments
are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the investments
are derecognised or impaired, as well as through the amortisation process.

Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories.
They are included in non-current assets unless management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet
date. After initial recognition, available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value with gains or losses being recognised as a separate
component of equity until the investment is derecognised or until the investment is determined to be impaired, at which time the
cumulative gain or loss previously reported in equity is included in profit or loss.

Cashflow hedges
For cashflow hedges, the effective portions of the fair value gains and losses are recognised in equity until the hedging instrument expires
or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting. Then any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that
time remains in equity until the forecast transaction is eventually recognised in the income statement or included in the initial measurement
of covered assets and liabilities. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported
in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement and then the gains and losses are recognised in earnings or included in the
initial measurement of covered assets or liabilities. The ineffective portion of fair value gains and losses is reported in earnings in the period
to which they relate.

81

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

1.2.10 Other financial assets continued

Hedge accounting is applied provided certain criteria are met. At the inception of a hedging relationship, the relationship between the
hedging instruments and hedged items, its risk management objective and its strategy for undertaking the hedge is documented. A
documented assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether or not the hedging instruments, that are used in
hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting the changes attributable to the hedged risks in the cashflows of the hedged items,
is also prepared.

Fair value
The fair value of investments that are actively traded in organised financial markets is determined by reference to quoted market bid prices
at the close of business on the balance sheet date. For investments where there is no active market, fair value is determined using valuation
techniques. Such techniques include using recent arm’s length market transactions; reference to the current market value of another
instrument which is substantially the same; discounted cashflow analysis or other valuation models.

Amortised cost
Held to maturity investments and loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost. This is computed using the effective interest rate
method less any allowance for impairment. The calculation takes into account any premium or discount on acquisition and includes
transaction costs and fees that are an integral part of the effective interest rate.

1.2.11 Inventories

Inventories, which include rough diamonds, ore stock piles and consumables, are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The
amount of any write-down of inventories to net realisable value and all losses, are recognised in the period the write-down or loss occurs.
Cost is determined as the average cost of production, using the ‘first-in-first-out method’. Cost includes directly attributable mining overheads,
but excludes borrowing costs.

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated
costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

1.2.12 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are carried in the balance sheet at amortised cost. Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, deposits
held at call with banks, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

For the purpose of the cashflow statement, cash and cash equivalents consists of cash and cash equivalents as defined above, net of
outstanding bank overdrafts.

1.2.13 Issued share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction from the proceeds.

1.2.14 Foreign currency translations
Presentation currency
The results and financial position of the Group’s subsidiaries which have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are
translated into the presentation currency as follows:

(cid:2) balance sheet items are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;
(cid:2) income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable
approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated
at the dates of the transactions);

(cid:2) all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity.

Details of the rates applied at the respective balance sheet dates and for the income statement transactions are detailed in Note 18, Issued
capital and reserves.

Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions.
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at the period-end exchange
rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in profit or loss. Non-monetary items that are
measured in terms of cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates as at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-
monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was
determined. Monetary items for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet.

82

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

1.2.15 Share-based payments

Employees (including Senior Executives) of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based payment transactions, whereby
employees render services as consideration for equity instruments (equity settled transactions). In situations where some or all of the goods
or services received by the entity as consideration for equity instruments cannot be specifically identified, they are measured as the difference
between the fair value of the share-based payment and the fair value of any identifiable goods or services received at the grant date. For
cash-settled transactions, the liability is re-measured at each reporting date until settlement, with the changes in fair value recognised in
profit or loss.

Equity-settled transactions
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted and
is recognised as an expense over the vesting period, which ends on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the
award. Fair value is determined using an appropriate pricing model. In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any vesting
conditions, other than conditions linked to the price of the shares of the Company (market conditions).

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market condition,
which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance conditions
are satisfied.

At each balance sheet date before vesting, the cumulative expense is calculated, representing the extent to which the vesting period has
expired and management’s best estimate of the achievement or otherwise of non-market conditions and of the number of equity
instruments that will ultimately vest or, in the case of an instrument subject to a market condition, be treated as vesting as described above.
The movement in cumulative expense since the previous balance sheet date is recognised in the income statement, with a corresponding
entry in equity.

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified or a new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or settled award, the cost
based on the original award terms continues to be recognised over the original vesting period. In addition, an expense is recognised over
the remainder of the new vesting period for the incremental fair value of any modification, based on the difference between the fair value
of the original award and the fair value of the modified award, both as measured on the date of the modification. No reduction is recognised
if this difference is negative.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any cost not yet recognised in
the income statement for the award is expensed immediately.

1.2.16 Financial liabilities

Interest-bearing borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost; any
difference between proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the income statement, unless capitalised
in accordance with Note 1.2.23. Finance costs, over the period of the borrowings, using the effective interest rate method.

Bank overdrafts are recognised at amortised cost.

Fair value through profit or loss
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss includes financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities designated upon initial
recognition as at fair value through profit and loss.

Financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are acquired for the purpose of selling in the near term. Derivatives, including
separated embedded derivatives, are also classified as held for trading unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments. Gains
or losses on liabilities held for trading are recognised in the income statement.

1.2.17  Provisions

Provisions are recognised when:

(cid:2) the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event;
(cid:2) a reliable estimate can be made of the obligation.

Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation, using a pre-tax rate that
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase in the provision due to
the passage of time is recognised as finance costs.

83

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

1.2.18 Restoration and rehabilitation

The mining, extraction and processing activities of the Group normally give rise to obligations for site restoration and rehabilitation.
Rehabilitation works can include facility decommissioning and dismantling; removal and treatment of waste materials; land rehabilitation;
and site restoration. The extent of the work required and the estimated cost of final rehabilitation, comprising liabilities for decommissioning
and restoration, are based on current legal requirements, existing technology and the Group’s environmental policies and is reassessed
annually. Cost estimates are not reduced by the potential proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment.

Provisions for the cost of each restoration and rehabilitation program are recognised at the time the environmental disturbance occurs. When
the extent of the disturbance increases over the life of the operation, the provision is increased accordingly. Costs included in the provision
encompass all restoration and rehabilitation activity expected to occur. The restoration and rehabilitation provisions are measured at the
expected value of future cashflows, discounted to their present value. Discount rates used are specific to the country in which the operation
is located. The value of the provision is progressively increased over time as the effect of the discounting unwinds, which is recognised in
finance charges. Restoration and rehabilitation provisions are also adjusted for changes in estimates.

When provisions for restoration and rehabilitation are initially recognised, the corresponding cost is capitalised as an asset where it gives
rise to a future benefit and depreciated over future production from the operation to which it relates.

1.2.19  Taxation

Income tax for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that
it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case it is recognised in equity. Current tax expense is the expected tax
payable on the taxable income for the period, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment
to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of
assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or the
liability is settled based on the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset
can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities, deferred
tax is provided except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled by the Group and it is probable that
the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

In respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities, deferred
tax assets are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and
taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

Royalties
Royalties and revenue-based taxes are accounted for under IAS 12 when they have the characteristics of an income tax. This is considered
to be the case when they are imposed under Government authority and the amount payable is based on taxable income – rather than based
on quantity produced or as a percentage of revenue. For such arrangements, current and deferred tax is provided on the same basis as
described above for other forms of taxation. Obligations arising from royalty arrangements that do not satisfy these criteria are recognised
as current provisions and disclosed as part of selling and distribution costs. The royalties incurred by the Group are considered not to meet
the criteria to be treated as part of income tax.

1.2.20 Employee benefits

Provision is made in the financial statements for all short-term employee benefits. Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary
benefits, benefits required by legislation, annual leave, retirement benefits and accumulating sick leave obliged to be settled within 12 months
of the reporting date, are recognised in trade and other payables and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities
are settled. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the balance sheet date are discounted to present value. The Group recognises
an expense for contributions to the defined contribution pension fund in the period in which the employees render the related service.

Bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses. The Group recognises a liability where contractually obliged or where there is
a past practice that has created a constructive obligation. These liabilities are recognised in trade and other payables and are measured at
the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

84

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

1.2.21  Leases

The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at inception date of
whether the fulfillment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets or the arrangement conveys a right to use
the asset. A reassessment is made after inception of the lease only if one of the following applies:

a) There is a change in contractual terms, other than a renewal or extension of the arrangement;
b) A renewal option is exercised or extension granted, unless the term of the renewal or extension was initially included in the lease term;
c) There is a change in the determination of whether fulfillment is dependent on a specific asset; or
d) There is a substantial change to the asset.

Where a reassessment is made, lease accounting shall commence or cease from the date when the change in circumstances gave rise to
the reassessment for scenarios a), c) or d) and at the date of renewal or extension period for scenario b).

Group as a lessee
Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance
leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the lease’s inception at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of
the minimum lease payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges so as to achieve a constant rate
on the finance balance outstanding. The corresponding lease obligations, net of finance charges, are included in financial liabilities.

The interest element of the finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate
of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each year. The property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases are
depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term.

Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as operating leases. Payments made under
operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the
period of the lease. When the Group is a party to a lease where there is a contingent rental element associated within the agreement, a cost
is recognised as and when the contingency materialises.

Group as a lessor
Assets leased out under operating leases are included in investment property. Rental income is recognised on a straight line basis over the
lease term. Refer to Note 1.2.7 Investment property for further information on the treatment of investment property.

1.2.22 Revenue

Revenue is measured at fair value of the consideration received or receivable and comprises the fair value for the sale of goods, net of value-
added tax, rebates and discounts and after eliminated sales within the Group. The Group assesses its revenue arrangements against specific
criteria in order to determine if it is acting as principal or agent. The Group has concluded that it is acting as principal in all of its revenue
arrangements. Revenue is recognised as follows:

Sale of goods
Sales of diamonds and other products are recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the
customer and can be measured reliably and receipt of future economic benefits is probable.

Rendering of service
Sales of services are recognised in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, and it is probable that the economic benefits
associated with the transaction will flow to the entity, by reference to completion of the specific transaction assessed on the basis of the
actual service provided as a proportion of the total services to be provided.

Interest income
Interest income is recognised on a time-proportion basis using the effective interest rate method.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised when the amount of the dividend can be reliably measured and the Group’s right to receive payment is established.

1.2.23  Finance costs

Finance costs are generally expensed as incurred, except where they relate to the financing of construction or development of qualifying
assets requiring a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended future use. Finance costs are capitalised up to the date when the
asset is ready for its intended use.

85

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

1.2.24  Dividend distribution

Dividend distributions to the Group’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which the
dividends are approved by the Group’s shareholders.

1.2.25  Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgements and form assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities, the reported revenue and costs during the periods presented therein, and the
disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based
on  historical  experience  and  other  factors,  including  expectations  of  future  events  that  are  believed  to  be  reasonable  under  the
circumstances.

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future and the resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal
the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the financial results
or the financial position reported in future periods are discussed below.

Life of mine
There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating ore reserves and the associated life of mine. Therefore the Group must make a
number of assumptions in making those estimations, including assumptions as to the prices of commodities, exchange rates, production
costs and recovery rates. Assumptions that are valid at the time of estimation may change significantly when new information becomes
available. Changes in the forecast prices of commodities, exchange rates, production costs or recovery rates may change the economic
status of ore reserves and may, ultimately, result in the ore reserves being restated.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure
This policy requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions as to future events and circumstances, in particular whether
economically viable extraction operations are viable where reserves have been discovered and whether indications of impairment exist. Any
such estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available.

Development expenditure
Judgement is applied by management in determining when a project has reached a stage at which economically recoverable reserves exist
and that development may be sanctioned. Management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions similar to those described
above for capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure.

Property, plant and equipment – recoverable amount
The calculation of the recoverable amount of an asset requires significant judgements, estimates and assumptions, including future demand,
technological changes, exchange rates, interest rates and others.

Impairment of goodwill
The Group determines if goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis. This requires an estimation of the fair value of the cash-generating
unit to which the goodwill is allocated. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cashflows
from the cash-generating unit and a market related pre-tax discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cashflows.

Impairment of assets
The Group assesses each cash generating unit annually to determine whether any indication of impairment exists. Where an indicator of
impairment exists, a formal estimate of the recoverable amount is made, which is considered to be the higher of the fair value less costs to
sell and value in use. These assessments require the use of estimates and assumptions such as long-term diamond prices, discount rates,
future capital requirements, exploration potential and operating performance. Fair value is determined as management’s best estimate of
the amount that would be obtained from the sale of the asset in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable and willing parties.
Fair value for mine assets is generally determined as the present value of estimated future cashflows arising from the continued use of the
asset using assumptions that an independent market participant may take into account. Cashflows are discounted by an appropriate
discount rate to determine the net present value.

Provision for restoration and rehabilitation
Significant estimates and assumptions are made in determining the amount of the restoration and rehabilitation provisions. These deal
with uncertainties such as changes to the legal and regulatory framework, magnitude of possible contamination, and the timing, extent and
costs of required restoration and rehabilitation activity.

Taxation
The determination of the Group’s obligations and expense for taxes requires an interpretation of tax law and therefore certain assumptions
and estimates are made.

86

2.

REVENUE
(US$’000)

Sale of goods

Royalty refund received

Rendering of services

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

2010

265 767

158

451

266 376

2009*

241 053

2 036

249

243 338

* 

The prior year figures have been restated for the reclassification impact of accounting for discontinued operations (Refer Note 6, Discontinued Operations).

Finance revenue is reflected in Note 4, Net finance income/(costs).

3.

OPERATING PROFIT
Operating profit includes the following:

(US$’000)

Other operating income

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment – continuing operations

Depreciation and amortisation

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment – continuing operations

Less: Depreciation capitalised to exploration assets – continuing operations

Less: Depreciation and amortisation capitalised to inventory

Inventories

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense

Write-down of inventories to net realisable value

Foreign exchange gain

Exceptional items1

Reversal of impairment

– Property, plant and equipment – continuing operations

– Other financial assets – continuing operations

Operating lease expenses as a lessee

Lease payments recognised in the income statement

– Mine site property

– Equipment and service leases

– Contingent rental – alluvial deposits

– Vehicles

– Leased premises

Auditor’s remuneration – Ernst & Young

Audit fee

– Group financial statements

– Statutory

Auditor’s remuneration – Other

– Group financial statements

– Statutory

2010

68

(57 777)

54

122

(57 601)

(177 833)

(856)

1 137

–

–

–

(2 493)

(17)

(4 862)

(14)

(1 213)

(8 599)

(1 094)

(282)

(1 376)

(25)

(14)

(39)

(1 415)

2009*

2

(58 284)

52

105

(58 127)

(175 622)

–

14 310

149

21

170

(1 966)

(254)

(6 053)

(41)

(636)

(8 950)

(1 091)

(331)

(1 422)

(97)

(18)

(115)

(1 537)

* 

1 

The prior year figures have been restated for the reclassification impact of accounting for discontinued operations (Refer Note 6, Discontinued Operations).

Included in operating profit are significant items of income and expense, which are presented separately due to their nature or the expected infrequency of the
events giving rise to them.

87

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

3.

OPERATING PROFIT CONTINUED
(US$’000)

Other non-audit fees – Ernst & Young

Tax services advisory

Tax services consultancy

Other services

Other non-audit fees – Other

Other services

– Internal audit

– Tax advisory

– Tax consultancy

Employee benefits expense

Salaries and wages1

2010

(110)

(24)

(34)

(168)

(407)

(47)

(16)

(470)

(638)

2009*

(102)

–

(82)

(184)

(331)

–

–

(515)

(34 885)

(30 821)

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA)
EBITDA is shown as the Directors consider this measure to be a relevant guide to the performance of the Group

Operating profit

Foreign exchange gain

Share-based payments

Other operating income

Reversal of impairment

Depreciation and amortisation (excluding waste amortisation)

EBITDA

52 271

(1 137)

1 644

(2 569)

–

31 797

82 006

39 478

(14 310)

5 620

(250)

(170)

25 321

55 689

* 

The prior year figures have been restated for the reclassification impact of accounting for discontinued operations (Refer Note 6, Discontinued Operations).

1. 

Includes contributions to defined contribution plan of US$0.5 million (31 December 2009:US$0.3 million)

Directors’ remuneration
Refer to the Directors’ Remuneration Report for full details of transactions with Directors.

4.

NET FINANCE INCOME/COSTS
(US$’000)

Finance income

Bank deposits

Other

Total finance income

Finance costs

Bank overdraft

Interest on debt and borrowings

Finance costs on unwinding of rehabilitation provision

Total finance costs

2010

4 025

77

4 102

(35)

(26)

(1 571)

(1 632)

2 470

2009*

2 695

156

2 851

(90)

(1 529)

(1 456)

(3 075)

(224)

* 

The prior year figures have been restated for the reclassification impact of accounting for discontinued operations (Refer Note 6, Discontinued Operations).

88

5.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE
(US$’000)

Income statement

Current

– Overseas

– Adjustments in respect of prior year

Withholding tax

– Overseas

– Adjustments in respect of prior year

Deferred

– Overseas

Reconciliation of tax rate:

Profit before taxation from continuing operations

Loss before taxation from discontinued operations

Profit before taxation

Expected income tax rate

Permanent differences

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

Effect of overseas tax at different rates

Utilisation of previously unrecognised deferred tax assets

Effect of deferred tax on unremitted earnings

Tax effect of share of loss of associate

Withholding tax

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Other

Effective tax rate

Income tax expense reported in the consolidated income statement

Income tax attributable to discontinued operations

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

2010

2009*

(12 489)

–

(12 489)

(2 188)

–

(2 188)

(3 530)

(3 530)

(18 207)

54 480

(708)

53 772

%

28

10

1

(3)

(5)

(1)

(1)

4

–

–

33

(18 207)

618

(17 589)

(12 495)

2 070

(10 425)

(821)

–

(821)

1 032

1 032

(10 214)

39 254

(3 761)

35 493

%

28

7

(2)

(2)

–

3

–

2

(6)

(1)

29

(10 214)

90

(10 124)

* 

The prior year figures have been restated for the reclassification impact of accounting for discontinued operations (Refer Note 6, Discontinued Operations).

6.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Central Africa
During 2009 the decision was made to dispose of the operations in the CAR. Prior to year end, the operations in the CAR were disposed of
for US$0.1 million of which the full amount was received in February 2011 (Refer Note 16, Receivables).

Indonesia
During the current year the decision was made to dispose of the operations in the BDI Group. Management has committed to a plan to sell
the operations and an active programme to locate a buyer and complete the plan within the next 12 months has been initiated.

89

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

6.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS CONTINUED
The results of the Central African and Indonesian operations for the year ended 31 December 2010 and 31 December 2009 are as follows:

(US$’000)

Revenue

Cost of sales and other operating costs

Gross loss

Other operating income

Royalties and selling costs

Finance costs

Share-based payments

Foreign exchange (loss)/gain

(Loss)/gain on disposal of subsidiaries

Loss before tax from discontinued operations

Tax expense

– related to current pre-tax loss

– related to changes in deferred tax

Loss after tax for the year from discontinued operations

Loss per share from discontinued operations (cents)

– Basic

– Diluted

The major classes of assets and liabilities classified as held for sale at 31 December 2010 and

31 December 2009 are as follows:1

Non-current assets

Current assets

Assets of disposal groups classified as held for sale

Non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Liabilities of disposal groups classified as held for sale

The net cashflows attributable to the discontinued operations are as follows:

Operating

Investing

Financing

Net cash inflow/(outflow)

2010

73

(2 155)

(2 082)

1 579

(3)

(2)

(34)

(44)

(122)

(708)

618

618

–

(90)

–

–

2 500

582

3 082

1 484

392

1 876

(2 142)

831

1 453

142

2009

1 862

(10 029)

(8 167)

168

(89)

(47)

(23)

10

4 387

(3 761)

90

3

87

(3 671)

(3)

(3)

10

130

140

129

79

208

(3 276)

1 244

(194)

(2 226)

1  The assets of the Indonesia operation have been previously impaired and therefore there is no gain or loss on write-down to fair value less cost to sell.

INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATE
During February 2010, Blina Diamonds NL (a diamond exploration company), which is a listed company on the Australian Stock Exchange
and previously a subsidiary of Kimberley Diamonds, raised AU$1.5 million by way of a share placement. Kimberley Diamonds did not
participate  in  all  of  its  rights  to  the  placement  and  as  a  result,  the  Group’s  shareholding  in  the  company  decreased  to  23.11%.
During September 2010, Blina again raised AU$1.5 million by way of a further share placement. Kimberley Diamonds did not participate in
any of its rights to the placement and as a result, the Group’s shareholding in Blina decreased to 19.52%. The initial decrease in shareholding
resulted in the Group no longer consolidating the results of the operation. As the Group still participates in the financial and operating
policy decisions, it maintains significant influence in Blina Diamonds NL. The investment is therefore accounted for as an associate, resulting
in the Group carrying US$0.3 million of its share of the losses, after realising a US$2.7 million gain, reflected in other operating income,
following its loss of control. Blina Diamonds NL has a 30 June year end.

7.

90

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

7.

INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATE CONTINUED
(US$’000)

Investment details

Listed

Blina Diamonds NL

Loan owing by associate

The loan has no repayment terms and does not incur any interest

Share of associate’s losses

Fair value of investment in listed associate

The fair value of the investment in Blina Diamonds NL at 31 December 2010

Summarised financial information

Extract from the statement of financial position of Blina Diamonds NL:

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities1

Non-current liabilities

Net asset value

Extract from the statement of comprehensive income of Blina Diamonds NL:

Net loss

% interest in associate

Blina Diamonds NL has no contingent liabilities at 31 December 2010

2010

891

366

1 257

(261)

974

4 316

2 315

2 001

(2 265)

(673)

(1 592)

2 051

(1 409)

19.52%

1 

* 

Includes loans owing by associate of US$0.4 million

The prior year figures have been restated for the reclassification impact of accounting for discontinued operations (Refer Note 6, Discontinued Operations).

8.

EARNINGS PER SHARE CENTS
The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

(US$’000)

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Loss for the year from discontinued operations

Less: non-controlling interests

Net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent for basic and diluted earnings

The weighted average number of shares takes into account the treasury shares at year-end.

2010

36 273

(90)

(15 998)

20 185

2009*

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2009*

29 040

(3 671)

(9 838)

15 531

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year (‘000)

138 152

114 913

* 

The prior year figures have been restated for the reclassification impact of accounting for discontinued operations (Refer Note 6, Discontinued Operations).

Profit per share amounts are calculated by dividing profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders by the weighted average
number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted profit per share is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the weighted average
number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year after taking into account future potential conversion and issue rights associated with
the ordinary shares.

91

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

8.

EARNINGS PER SHARE CENTS CONTINUED

(US$’000)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year

Effect of dilution:

– Future share awards to Executive Directors and senior executives

under the Executive Share Growth Plan

– Future share awards under the Employee Share Option Programme

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year

adjusted for the effect of dilution

2010
Number of shares
(‘000)

138 152

2009
Number of shares
(‘000)

114 913

–

1 100

139 252

5 587

465

120 965

There have been no other transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares between the reporting date and the date of
completion of these financial statements.

9

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

(US$’000)

As at 31 December 2010

Cost

Decom-
Mining Exploration missioning
assets
costs
assets

Lease hold
improvements

Plant and
equipment

Finance
lease assets

Other
assets

Total

Balance at 1 January 2010

457 355

85 052

18 611

84 571

230 111

2 204 11 492

889 396

Additions

Disposals

Reclassifications

Transfer to investment property1

Assets of disposal group classified
as held for sale

Foreign exchange differences

58 414

4 677

1 144

10 997

–

1 869

–

(895)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(26)

591

–

–

3 474

(1 604)

(1 565)

(617)

(15 659)

–

1 477

80 183

(1 160)

(150)

(2 940)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(617)

(15 659)

49 682

5 884

2 543

12 238

28 084

(53)

1 300

99 678

Balance at 31 December 2010

567 320

94 718

22 298

108 371

242 224

991 14 119 1 050 041

Accumulated depreciation/amortisation

Balance at 1 January 2010

283 576

32 900

Depreciation and amortisation charge

32 261

–

–

–

–

–

150

(150)

–

27 448

343 435

223 885

–

4 090

36 840

57 878

7 016

2 265

59 241

141 708

7 579

13 732

1 866

342

6 535

1 598

532 842

57 777

(1 598)

(1 160)

(127)

(2 885)

–

–

–

–

–

(12)

–

–

(1)

–

(13 160)

–

–

–

1

–

–

1 196

10 477

11 821

8 674

19 494

75 482

160 175

32 889

82 049

(57)

991

–

617

8 624

5 495

(12)

–

(13 160)

61 462

636 024

414 017

Disposals

Disposal of subsidiaries

Reclassifications

Assets of disposal group classified
as held for sale

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 December 2010

Net book value at 31 December 2010

As at 31 December 2009

Cost

Balance at 1 January 2009

442 133

125 358

16 320

57 495

197 211

2 063

20 116

860 696

Additions

Disposals

Disposal of subsidiaries

Reclassifications

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 December 2009

35 412

5 089

1 771

9 831

–

(13 472)

(2 969)

(100 932)

(42 774)

(617)

1 452

79 290

457 355

–

10 851

85 052

–

4 106

18 611

–

–

–

17 245

84 571

7 655

(5 340)

(14 481)

(15)

45 081

230 111

–

–

–

–

700

60 458

(2 189)

(23 970)

(8 098)

(166 902)

(1 437)

–

141

2 400

2 204

11 492

159 114

889 396

92

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

9

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT CONTINUED

(US$’000)

Decom-
Mining Exploration missioning
assets
costs
assets

Lease hold
improvements

Plant and
equipment

Finance
lease assets

Other
assets

Total

Accumulated depreciation/amortisation

Balance at 1 January 2009

302 030

81 825

Depreciation and amortisation charge

39 704

–

Disposals

Disposal of subsidiaries

Reclassifications

Reversal of impairment

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 December 2009

Net book value at 31 December 2009

–

(13 472)

(100 932)

(42 774)

482

–

42 292

283 576

173 779

(392)

–

7 713

32 900

52 152

1 865

1 734

–

(617)

2 990

–

1 044

7 016

11 595

41 639

125 506

430

14 685

567 980

4 823

10 590

–

–

188

–

12 591

59 241

25 330

(4 854)

(13 481)

(4 564)

(149)

28 660

141 708

88 403

–

–

–

1 433

58 284

(2 167)

(20 493)

(8 098)

(165 902)

1 364

–

72

(68)

–

750

1 866

338

6 535

4 957

–

(149)

93 122

532 842

356 554

1

Property owned by the Group was vacated during the year, but retained as investment property. Other assets comprise motor vehicles, computer equipment,
furniture and fittings and office equipment. Included in plant and equipment is capital work in progress of US$2.6 million (31 December 2009: US$4.1 million).
Included in mining asset is deferred stripping of US$52.2 million (31 December 2009: US$37.1 million) capitalised.

10.

INVESTMENT PROPERTY
The investment property consists of a commercial unit in a building located in Dubai.

(US$’000)

Cost

At 1 January 2010

Transfer from property, plant and equipment

Additions (initial direct lease costs)

Net book value 31 December 2010

Fair value1

Amounts recognised in profit or loss

Rental income

Direct operating expenses

2010

2009

–

614

3

617

659

22

(11)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1 No independent valuation was performed. Fair value was based upon an overview of property sales (units within the same building as the investment property )

during 2010, weighted towards the most recent sales activity.

11.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

(US$’000)

As at 31 December 2010

Cost

Balance at 1 January 2010

Assets of disposal group classified as held for sale

Disposal of subsidiaries

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 December 2010

Accumulated amortisation/impairment

Balance at 1 January 2010

Assets of disposal group classified as held for sale

Disposal of subsidiaries

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 December 2010

Net book value at 31 December 2010

Other
Intangibles

Goodwill

Total

191

(21)

(170)

–

–

191

(21)

(170)

–

–

–

102 715

102 906

–

–

7 233

109 948

(21)

(170)

7 233

109 948

74 725

74 916

–

–

4 069

78 794

31 154

(21)

(170)

4 069

78 794

31 154

93

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

11.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS CONTINUED

(US$’000)

Cost

Balance at 1 January 2009

Assets of disposal group classified as held for sale

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Additions

Disposal of subsidiaries

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 December 2009

Accumulated amortisation/impairment

Balance at 1 January 2009

Assets of disposal group classified as held for sale

Amortisation for the year

Disposals

Disposals of subsidiaries

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 December 2009

Net book value at 31 December 2009

Other
Intangibles

Goodwill

Total

1 726

170

–

–

(1 709)

4

191

1 726

170

–

–

(1 709)

4

191

–

90 921

–

–

–

(445)

12 239

102 715

68 627

–

–

–

(445)

6 543

74 725

27 990

92 647

170

–

–

(2 154)

12 243

102 906

70 353

170

–

–

(2 154)

6 547

74 916

27 990

Impairment of goodwill within the Group was tested in accordance with the Group’s policy. Refer to Note 12, Impairment Testing for
further details.

12.

IMPAIRMENT TESTING
Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated to the individual cash-generating units, as follows:

(US$’000)

Goodwill

– Letšeng Diamonds

– Calibrated Diamonds Investment Holdings

Balance at end of the year

2010

2009

28 859

2 295

31 154

25 928

2 062

27 990

Goodwill impairment testing is undertaken annually and whenever there are indications of impairment. The most recent test was undertaken
at 31 December 2010.

In assessing whether goodwill has been impaired, the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit is compared with its recoverable amount.

There were no impairment write offs in the current year.

For the purpose of goodwill impairment testing in 2010, recoverable amounts for Letšeng Diamonds and Calibrated Diamonds Investment
Holdings have been determined based on fair value less costs to sell (FVLCS) calculations. As observable market prices are not available, FVLCS
was calculated for Letšeng Diamonds using a discounted cashflow model methodology, taking into account assumptions that would be
made by market participants.

Fair value less costs to sell
Cashflows are projected for periods up to the date that mining is expected to cease, based on management’s expectations at the time of
completing the testing, and is limited to the lesser of the current economic resource or the remaining 14 year mining lease period. This date
depends on a number of variables, including recoverable reserves and resources, the forecast selling prices and the treatment costs.

94

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

12.

IMPAIRMENT TESTING CONTINUED
Key assumptions used in the calculations
The key assumptions used in the calculation for goodwill asset are:

(cid:2) recoverable reserves and resources
(cid:2) expected carats recoverable
(cid:2) expected grades achievable
(cid:2) expected $/carat prices
(cid:2) expected plant throughput
(cid:2) costs of extracting and processing
(cid:2) discount rates
(cid:2) foreign exchange rates

Economically recoverable reserves and resources, carats recoverable and grades achievable are based on management’s current expectation
and mine plan, supported by the evaluation work undertaken by appropriately qualified persons.

Long term $/carat prices are based on external market consensus forecasts as published by independent marketing consultants adjusted
for the Group’s specific operations and contracted sales arrangements. Plant throughput is based on current plant facilities and processing
capacities. Costs are determined on management’s experience and the use of contractors over a period of time which costs are fairly
reasonably determinable.

Discount rates are outlined below, and represent the real pre-tax rates. These rates are based on the weighted average cost of capital of the
Group and adjusted accordingly at a risk premium of each cash-generating unit, taking into account risks associated with different cash-
generating units.

The foreign exchange rates have been based on current spot exchange rates at the date of the value in use calculations.

Discount rate for each cash generating unit

– Letšeng Diamonds

2010

2009

13.5%

16.8%

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
Given the current volatility in the market, adverse changes in key assumptions as described below could result in changes to impairment
charges.

The impairment test is particularly sensitive to changes in commodity prices, discount rates and foreign exchange rates. Changes to these
assumptions could result in changes to impairment charges. The table below summarises the change required to key assumptions that
would result in the carrying value of Letšeng Diamonds equaling the recoverable value:

Change in the key assumption which 
would result in the recoverable amount 
equaling the carrying value (%)

Excess of
recoverable
amount over
carrying value

Increase in
(US$m) diamond prices discount rate1

Decrease in

Strengthening in
foreign
exchange rate2

Letšeng Diamonds

456

31.0%

33.0%

76.0%

1 Amounts relate to absolute movement in discount rate
2 Maloti to US Dollar

Should any of the assumptions used change adversely and the impact not be mitigated by a change in the other factors, this could result
in a potential impairment of the above asset.

The recoverable amount of Calibrated Diamonds Investment Holdings was determined based on FVLCS. The key assumptions include
management’s best estimate of the recoverability of the residual value of the assets taking into account the location of the assets and the
ability to dispose of the assets in the current economic climate.

95

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

12.

IMPAIRMENT TESTING CONTINUED
(US$’000)

Other non-current assets

Reversal of impairments

There were no reversals of impairments in the current year.

2010

2009

–

(149)

During the prior year, recoverable amounts of certain plant and equipment were reassessed, which resulted in a reversal of an impairment
previously recognised.

There were no impairment write offs in the current year.

The Group will continue to test its other assets for impairment where indications are identified and may in future record additional
impairment charges or reverse any impairment charges to the extent that market conditions improve and to the extent permitted by
accounting standards.

13.

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS
(US$’000)

Non-current

Environmental bonds1

Chiri project loan2

Other assets3

Other loans 4

Current

Other loans4

2010

2009

7 062

5 626

536

282

13 506

45

45

6 475

5 567

536

–

12 578

535

535

13 551

13 113

1.

2.

Environmental bonds may only be accessed when all relevant rehabilitation work is completed at the end of the project and represents restricted funds in the
Group. These bonds are carried at fair value through profit and loss.
The loan represents amounts advanced to the project in terms of the Co-operation Agreement concluded in relation to the Chiri Concession in Angola. The loan is
interest free and is repayable out of the earnings generated in the project once it commences, which is not anticipated to be within the next 12 months. This loan
is carried at amortised cost.

3. Other assets comprise the costs associated and incurred in securing an option to acquire an indirect interest in the Chiri Concession. This option is carried at cost

as fair value cannot be determined. As the project that this option relates to is ongoing, there are no indicators of impairment.

4. Other loans comprise advances made to certain key individuals to assist with their relocation as part of setting up various operations. These loans bear interest at

4.5% per annum and have no fixed term of repayment. These loans are carried at amortised cost.

14.

DEFERRED TAXATION
(US$’000)

Deferred tax assets

Accrued leave

Operating lease liability

Provisions

Tax loss not utilised in the period

Deferred tax liabilities

Property, plant and equipment

Prepayments

Provisions

Unremitted earnings

Net deferred tax liability

96

2010

2009

78

23

3 717

–

3 818

68

25

1 652

–

1 745

(73 587)

(60 384)

(11)

(116)

(1 116)

(74 830)

(71 012)

(9)

-

(1 901)

(62 294)

(60 549)

14.

DEFERRED TAXATION CONTINUED
(US$’000)

Reconciliation of deferred tax liability

Balance at beginning of year

Movement in current period:

– Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes

– Accrued leave

– Operating lease liability

– Unremitted earnings

– Prepayments

– Provisions

– Disposal of subsidiaries

– Foreign exchange differences

Balance at end of year

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

2010

2009

(60 549)

(49 745)

(5 905)

1 769

2

(4)

785

(1)

1 593

–

(6 933)

(71 012)

(34)

4

(884)

(3)

179

87

(11 922)

(60 549)

The Group has not recognised a deferred tax liability for all taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries
because it is able to control the timing of dividends and only part of the temporary difference is expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.
The gross temporary difference in respect of the undistributable reserves of the Group’s subsidiaries for which a deferred tax liability has not
been recognised is US$74.4 million (31 December 2009: US$40.2 million).

The Group has estimated tax losses of US$326.3 million (31 December 2009: US$279.0 million). No deferred tax assets have been recognised
in respect of such losses at 31 December 2010 as management considers that it is not probable that the losses in those entities will be utilised
against taxable profits in those entities in the foreseeable future.

The Group has not recognised deferred tax assets in respect of other deductible temporary differences of US$88.7 million (31 December
2009: US$94.0 million), since management considers that it is not probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible
temporary differences can be utilised.

Of the US$326.3 million (31 December 2009: US$279.0 million) estimated tax losses, US$48.4 million (31 December 2009: US$40.3 million)
losses in various jurisdictions expire as follows:

(US$’000) Year

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

15.

INVENTORIES
(US$’000)

Diamonds on hand1

Ore stock piles1

Consumable stores1

Net realisable value write-down

Net realisable value write-down reversal (directly through other reserves)

1. 

Stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value

31 December
2010

31 December
2009

–

–

28

2 950

5 126

4 922

5 219

18 910

6 463

4 763

48 381

2010

16 745

6 746

11 746

35 237

856

(117)

863

497

28

2 950

1 670

4 034

5 160

18 910

6 186

–

40 298

2009

14 048

8 061

9 286

31 395

–

–

97

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

16.

RECEIVABLES
(US$’000)

Prepayments

Deposits

Other receivables

Vat receivable

2010

1 162

532

1 597

3 900

7 191

2009

1 409

481

1 860

3 245

6 995

Included in other receivables above, is US$0.1 million relating to the disposal of the operations in the CAR, which was subsequently received
in February 2011.

The carrying amounts above approximate their fair value.

Terms and conditions of the receivables:

These amounts are non-interest bearing and are settled in accordance with terms agreed between the parties.

(US$’000)

Provision for impairment of receivables*

Receivables (at nominal value) impaired and fully provided for:

Analysis of receivables

Neither past due nor impaired

Past due but not impaired:

<30 days

30 – 60 days

60 – 90 days

90 – 120 days

>120 days

Total receivables

Movements in the provision against receivables were as follows:

Balance at beginning of year

Charge for the year

Disposal of subsidiaries

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at end of year

*

The provision for receivables was determined on an individual basis.

17.

CASH AND SHORT TERM DEPOSITS
(US$’000)

Cash on hand

Bank balances

Short term bank deposits

2010

2009

1 149

11

7 147

6 891

43

–

1

–

–

21

5

22

56

–

7 191

6 995

11

1 028

–

110

1 149

2010

13

47 712

82 124

129 849

693

18

(702)

2

11

2009

28

77 954

35 845

113 827

The amounts reflected in the financial statements approximate fair value.

Cash at banks earn interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short term deposits are generally call deposit accounts and
earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates.

At 31 December 2010, the Group had restricted cash of US$5.3 million (31 December 2009: US$5.1 million). (Refer to Note 23, Commitments
and contingencies for further information).

At 31 December 2010, the Group had US$0.01 million (31 December 2009: US$2.0 million) overdraft facilities in place.

The Group’s cash surpluses are deposited with major financial institutions of high quality credit standing predominantly within Lesotho,
Australia and Switzerland.

98

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

31 December 2010

31 December 2009

Number
of
shares
‘000

Number
of
shares
‘000

US$’000

US$’000

200 000

2 000

200 000

2 000

138 267

–

1 383

–

62 905

75 362

138 267

1 383

138 267

629

754

1 383

18.

ISSUED CAPITAL AND RESERVES

Authorised – ordinary shares of US$0.01 each

As at year end

Issued and fully paid

Balance at beginning of year

Allotments during the year

Balance at end of year

There were no share transactions during the year.

During the prior year the following share transactions took place:

On 19 February 2009, a non-Executive Director was issued, as part of his contract, shares in the Company. The total number of shares issued
was 72 332. On 26 June 2009 two further non-Executive Directors were issued, as part of their contracts, shares in the Company. The total
number of shares issued were 289 328.

On 20 April 2009, the Company increased its authorised share capital to 200 000 000 shares of US$0.01 each.

On 22 April 2009, the Company completed its placing of 75 000 000 new ordinary shares, of US$0.01 each, to existing shareholders. The
Company received US$108.8 million. Share issue costs amounting to US$9.9 million were incurred.

Following the placing, the Company’s share capital amounted to US$1.4 million comprising 138.3 million ordinary shares.

Share premium
Share premium comprises the excess value recognised from the issue of ordinary shares at par value.

Treasury shares
The Company established an Employee Share Option Plan (ESOP) on 5 February 2007. Under the terms of the ESOP, the Company granted
options to employees of over 376 500 ordinary shares with a nil exercise price upon listing.

At Listing, the Gem Diamonds Limited Employee Share Trust acquired 376 500 ordinary shares by subscription from the Company as part of
the Initial Awards under the ESOP arrangement at nominal value of US$0.01.

During  the  year,  30  200  shares  were  exercised  (31 December  2009:  106  540)  and  18  350  shares  lapsed  (31 December  2009:  nil).  At
31 December 2010, 80 367 (31 December 2009: 128 917) shares were held by the trust.

(US$’000)

Balance at 1 January 2010

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Share-based payments

Balance at 31 December 2010

Balance at 1 January 2009

Other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive loss

Share-based payments

Balance at 31 December 2009

Foreign currency
translation reserve

Share based
equity reserve

Other reserves

Total

(65 643)

39 209

(117)

(26 551)

25 993

25 993

–

(39 650)

(98 275)

32 632

32 632

–

(65 643)

–

–

1 766

40 975

33 463

–

–

5 746

39 209

117

117

–

–

26 110

26 110

1 766

1 325

(117)

(64 929)

–

–

–

32 632

32 632

5 746

(117)

(26 551)

99

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

18.

ISSUED CAPITAL AND RESERVES CONTINUED
Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of foreign entities. During
the year, the South African, Lesotho, Botswana, Central African Republic, Australian, Mauritian and United Arab Emirate subsidiaries’ functional
currencies were different to the Group. The rates used to convert the South African Rand (ZAR), Lesotho Loti (Maloti), Botswana Pula (Pula),
the Central African Franc (CFA), the Australian Dollar (AUD), the Mauritius Rupee (MUR) and the United Arab Emirate Dirham (AED) into US
Dollars are as follows:

Average rate

Period end

Average rate

Period end

Average rate

Period end

Average rate

Period end

Average rate

Period end

Average rate

Period end

Average rate

Period end

Currency

Maloti to 1 US$

Maloti to 1 US$

ZAR to 1 US$

ZAR to 1 US$

CFA to 1 US$

CFA to 1 US$

AUD to 1 US$

AUD to 1 US$

Pula to 1 US$

Pula to 1 US$

Rupee to 1 US$

Rupee to 1 US$

Dirham to 1 US$

Dirham to 1 US$

2010

7.32

6.62

7.32

6.62

495.43

488.50

1.09

0.98

6.79

6.45

30.78

30.15

3.67

3.67

2009

8.42

7.36

8.42

7.36

471.49

457.84

1.28

1.11

7.15

6.66

31.90

30.35

3.67

3.67

Share-based equity reserves
For detail on the share based payment reserve refer to Note 28, Share-based payments.

Other reserves
This reserve relates to the at acquisition reserves arising on the acquisition of Gope. At December 2008, the assets giving rise to this reserve
were written down. During the current year, the assets that gave rise to the reserve and prior period write-off were restated back to their
original value giving rise to a write-back of the reserve.

Non-controlling interests
No non-controlling interests were acquired during the course of the year.

Capital management
For details on capital management, refer to Note 27, Financial Risk Management.

100

19.

INTEREST BEARING LOANS AND BORROWINGS

(US$’000)

Current

Finance lease obligations¹

Total interest bearing borrowings

Current

Finance lease obligations

Finance lease disclosure

Minimum lease payments due:

– Within one year

– After one year but not more than five years

– More than five years

– Amounts representing finance charges

Present value of minimum lease payments

Analysis of present value of minimum lease payments

– Within one year

– After one year but not more than five years

– More than five years

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes

2010

2009

–

–

–

204

204

204

6–10% 16–56 months

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

209

–

–

209

(5)

204

204

–

–

204

The carrying values of the liabilities approximate their fair values.

1

The finance leases are payable in monthly installments over a period of 12 months. The finance leases have an average implicit interest rate between 6% to 10%.
The 2009 finance leases were secured by plant and equipment with a carrying amount of US$0.3 million.

20.

TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Notes

2010

2009

(US$’000)

Non-current

Accrued expenses1

Severance pay benefits2

Current

Trade payables1

Accrued expenses1

Leave benefits

Royalties1

Operating lease

Other

Total trade and other payables

The carrying amounts above approximate fair value.

Terms and conditions of the trade and other payables:

1
2

These amounts are non-interest bearing and are settled in accordance with terms agreed between the parties.
The severance pay benefits arise due to legislation requiring that two weeks of severance pay be provided for every completed year of service, payable on
retirement.

1

684

685

15 310

21 208

2 342

3 362

82

1 970

44 274

44 959

973

611

1 584

12 046

20 101

1 862

2 713

89

31

36 842

38 426

101

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

21.

PROVISIONS
(US$’000)

Rehabilitation provisions

Employee entitlements

Other

Reconciliation of movement in provisions

Balance at beginning of year

Arising during the year

Utilised during the year

Disposal of subsidiaries

Adjustments to PPE

Unwinding of discount rate

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at end of year

2010

32 042

368

100

2009

29 520

200

463

32 510

30 183

30 183

225

(2 365)

–

(715)

1 571

3 611

32 510

25 240

123

(660)

(779)

(1 124)

1 456

5 927

30 183

Rehabilitation provisions
The provisions have been recognised as the Group has an obligation for rehabilitation of the mining areas. The provisions have been
calculated based on total estimated rehabilitation costs and discounted back to their present values. The pre-tax discount rates are adjusted
annually and reflect current market assessments. These costs are expected to be utilised over a life of 3.5 and 14 years respectively at the
Australian and Lesotho mining areas.

A portion of the provisions has been secured by environmental bonds to the amount of US$7.1 million (31 December 2009: US$6.5 million).

Employee entitlements
Employee entitlements arises predominantly on long service leave entitlements which are payable upon an employee attaining a certain
period of service.

22.
22.1

CASHFLOW NOTES
Cash generated by operations

(US$’000)

Profit before tax for the year from continuing operations

Loss before tax for the year from discontinued operations

Adjustments for:

Depreciation and amortisation on property, plant and equipment

Reversal of impairment

FV gain on deconsolidation

Write down of inventory

Finance income

Finance costs

Movement in provisions

Mark to market revaluations

Share of loss in associate

Foreign exchange differences

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Prepayment

Other non-cash movements

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries

Share-based equity transaction

Notes

3

3

3

4

4

7

22.3

2010

54 480

(708)

57 601

–

(921)

856

(4 102)

1 632

(903)

9

261

(7 459)

(895)

310

2 519

(1 791)

1 676

102 565

2009*

39 254

(3 761)

58 127

(170)

–

–

(2 851)

3 122

(378)

(2 629)

–

(17 687)

(2)

–

454

(4 387)

5 644

74 736

*

The prior year figures have been restated for the reclassification impact of accounting for discontinued operations (Refer Note 6, Discontinued Operations).

102

22.2 Working capital adjustments

(US$’000)

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

Decrease in receivables

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

2010

(2 953)

13

3 743

803

2009*

12 296

10 735

(25 534)

(2 503)

*

The prior year figures have been restated for the reclassification impact of accounting for discontinued operations (Refer Note 6, Discontinued Operations).

22.3

Cash (disposed)/received from disposal of subsidiary

(US$’000)

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Income tax payable

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries

Proceeds on sale of subsidiaries

Proceeds on disposal not yet received

Cash equivalents sold

Net cash (disposed)/received

2010

(549)

(131)

383

369

(436)

(1 327)

–

(1 691)

1 791

100

(100)

(369)

(369)

2009*

1 159

298

–

4

(68)

(779)

(8)

606

4 387

4 993

(1 200)

(4)

3 789

This relates to the disposal of the operations in the CAR (Refer Note 6, Discontinued Operations for additional information) and the
deconsolidation of Blina Diamonds NL (Refer Note 7, Investment in Associate for additional information).

*

The prior year figures have been restated for the reclassification impact of accounting for discontinued operations (Refer Note 6, Discontinued Operations).

23.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Commitments
Operating lease commitments – Group as lessee
The Group has entered into commercial lease arrangements for rental of office premises. These leases have an average period of two years
with an option of renewal at the end of the period. There are no restrictions placed upon the lessee by entering into these leases.

Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases:

(US$’000)

– Within one year

– After one year but not more than five years

– More than five years

2010

1 263

1 597

–

2 860

2009

1 225

1 695

–

2 920

103

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

23.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES CONTINUED
Mining leases
Mining lease commitments represent the Group’s future obligation arising from agreements entered into with local authorities in the
mining areas that the Group operates.

The period of these commitments is determined as the lesser of the term of the agreement, including renewable periods or the life of the
mine. The estimated lease obligation regarding the future lease period, accepting stable inflation and exchange rates, is as follows:

(US$’000)

– Within one year

– After one year but not more than five years

– More than five years

Notes

2010

1 582

6 497

8 519

16 598

2009

2 212

8 918

14 170

25 300

Moveable equipment lease
The Group has entered into commercial lease arrangements which include the provision of loading, hauling and other transportation
services payable at a fixed rate per ton of ore and waste mined, and power generator equipment payable based on a consumption basis:

(US$’000)

– Within one year

– After one year but not more than five years

– More than five years

Finance leases
The estimated future lease obligations are as follows:

(US$’000)

– Within one year

– After one year but not more than five years

– More than five years

2010

44 538

127 857

–

172 395

2010

–

–

–

–

2009

24 449

43 444

37

67 930

2009

204

–

–

204

Contingent rentals – alluvial deposits
The contingent rentals on alluvial deposits represents the Group’s obligation to third parties for alluvial diamonds mined by such third
parties on the Group’s mining property. The rental is determined when the actual diamonds mined by such third parties are sold. The rental
agreement is based on 40% of the sale of the diamonds recovered by Alluvial Ventures and will be limited to US$0.7 million per individual
diamond. As at the balance sheet dates, such future sales cannot be determined.

Letšeng Diamonds Educational Fund
In terms of the mining agreement entered into between the Group and the Government of the Kingdom of Lesotho, the Group has an
obligation to provide funding for education and training scholarships. The quantum of such funding is at the discretion of the Letšeng
Diamonds Education Fund Committee.

Chiri Co-operation Agreement and Option Agreement
During 2007, the Group entered into a Co-operation Agreement and Option Agreement in relation to the Chiri Concession in Angola. The
Co-operation Agreement sets out the terms on which the Group will conduct a feasibility study to assess the commercial viability of the
Chiri Concession, which is believed to be a diamondiferous kimberlite. The Option Agreement gives the Group an option to acquire an
indirect interest in the Chiri Concession. The commitment is included in the amounts disclosed as part of capital expenditure below.

(US$’000)

Capital expenditure
Approved but not contracted for

Approved and contracted for

The amounts are approved by the Board.

104

2010

2009

–

10 374

915

15 701

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

23.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES CONTINUED

Restricted cash
Included in restricted cash is US$4.1 million (31 December 2009: US$4.2 million), which represents funds held in terms of a deposit agreement
and is security on a debt owing by a director to a financial institution, in connection with the Director’s relocation. Subsequent to year end,
the deposit agreement was cancelled and the funds held were released.

Contingencies
The Group has conducted its operations in the ordinary course of business in accordance with its understanding and interpretation of
commercial arrangements and applicable legislation in the countries where the Group has operations. In certain specific transactions
however, the relevant third party or authorities could have a different interpretation of those laws and regulations that could lead to
contingencies or additional liabilities for the Group. Having consulted professional advisors, the Group has identified possible disputes
approximating US$0.5 million (December 2009: nil) and tax claims within the various jurisdictions in which the Group operates approximating
US$6.1 million (December 2009: US$3.9 million).

There remains a risk that additional tax liabilities may potentially arise. While it is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome in some cases, the
Group does not anticipate that there will be any material impact on the Group’s results, financial position or liquidity.

Guarantees
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ Bank) has issued performance guarantees on behalf of a subsidiary to the amount
of US$9.2million, of which US$6.9 million is cash-backed to support environmental obligation for protection of the land on which mining,
mining related activities or exploration is conducted. The beneficiary thereof is the Minister Responsible for Mining Act 1978. Gem Diamonds
Australia  Holdings  (GDAH)  and  its  subsidiaries  have  given  ANZ  Bank  irrevocable  and  unconditional  guarantees  as  security  for  the
performance guarantee and other credit facilities amounting to US$0.4 million.

24.

RELATED PARTIES

Related party

Jemax Management (Proprietary) Limited

Jemax Aviation (Proprietary) Limited

Gem Diamond Holdings Limited

Government of Lesotho

Geneva Management Group (UK) Limited

Government of CAR

Government of Indonesia

Refer to Note 1.1.2. Operational information for information regarding shareholding in subsidiaries.

Refer to the Directors’ Report for information regarding the Directors.

Compensation to key management personnel (including directors)

(US$’000)

Share-based equity transactions

Short-term employee benefits

Royalties paid to related parties

Government of Lesotho

Lease and licence payments to related parties

Government of Lesotho

Government of CAR

Relationship

Common director

Common director

Common director

Non-controlling interest

Common director

Non-controlling interest

Non-controlling interest

2010

1 334

8 088

9 422

2009

2 604

7 244

9 848

(14 981)

(13 554)

(100)

(145)

(105)

(181)

105

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

24.

RELATED PARTIES CONTINUED

(US$’000)

Sales to/(purchases) from related parties

Jemax Aviation (Proprietary) Limited

Geneva Management Group (UK) Limited

Amount included in trade receivables owing by/(to) related parties

Jemax Aviation (Proprietary) Limited

Jemax Management (Proprietary) Limited

Amounts owing to related party

Government of Lesotho

Dividends paid

Government of Lesotho

2010

2009

357

(9)

57

(10)

221

(9)

26

(19)

(1 486)

(1 378)

(9 040)

(3 287)

Jemax Management (Proprietary) Limited and Jemax Aviation (Proprietary) Limited provided administrative and aviation services with regards
to the mining and evaluation activities undertaken by the Group. The above transactions were made on terms agreed between the parties.

Geneva  Management  Group  (UK)  Limited  provided  administration,  secretarial  and  accounting  services  to  the  Company. The  above
transactions were made on terms that prevail in arm’s length transactions.

POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
No other fact or circumstance has taken place during the period covered by the financial statements and up to the date of this report
which in our opinion, is of significance in assessing the state of the Group’s affairs.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Fair values
Set out below is a comparison by category of carrying amounts and fair values of all of the Group’s financial instruments that are carried in
the financial statements:

(US$’000)

Financial assets

Cash

Loan notes1

Receivables1

Environmental bond facilities and bank guarantees

Other loans1

Other assets2
Financial liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings:

– Obligations under finance lease

Trade and other payables1

Carrying amount

Fair value

2010

2009

2010

2009

129 849

113 827

129 849

113 827

5 626

7 191

7 062

327

536

5 567

6 995

6 475

535

536

5 626

7 191

7 062

327

536

5 567

6 995

6 475

535

536

–

44 959

204

38 426

–

44 959

204

38 426

1
2

The fair value approximates carrying value.
The option is classified as a level 3 financial instrument and the carrying value approximates fair value. Fair value techniques for level 3 financial instruments use
inputs, which have a significant effect on the determined fair value, that are not based on observable market data.

The fair value of borrowings has been calculated by discounting the expected future cashflows at prevailing interest rates. The fair value of
other financial assets have been calculated using market interest rates where applicable.

25.

26.

106

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

27.

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks:

a) Market risk (including commodity price risk and foreign exchange risk);
b) Cashflow interest rate risk;
c) Credit risk; and
d) Liquidity risk

The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential
adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance.

Risk management is carried out under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Board provides principles for overall risk management,
as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest-rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments
and non-derivative financial instruments, and investing excess liquidity.

There have been no changes in the financial risk management policy since the prior year.

Capital management
The capital of the Company is the issued share capital, share premium and treasury shares on the Group’s balance sheet. The primary
objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating and healthy capital ratios in order to support
its business and maximise shareholder value. The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it, in light of changes in
economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may issue new shares. The management of the Group’s capital
is performed by the Board.

a) Market risk

(i) Commodity price risk

The Group is subject to commodity price risk. Diamonds are not a homogenous product and the price of rough diamonds is not
monitored on a public index system. The fluctuation of prices is related to certain features of diamonds such as quality and size.
Diamond prices are marketed in US$ and long term US$ per carat prices are based on external market consensus forecasts and
contracted sales arrangements adjusted for the Group’s specific operations. The Group does not have any financial instruments that
may fluctuate as a result of commodity price movements.

(ii) Foreign exchange risk

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with
respect  to  the  Lesotho  Loti,  South  African  Rand  and  Australian  Dollar.  Foreign  exchange  risk  arises  when  future  commercial
transactions, recognised assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency.

During the prior year, Kimberley Diamonds formalised an existing supply agreement with a top-end jeweler for its fancy yellow
diamond production. This contract, which is subject to an annual review, is for the life of the mine and provides certainty to the
revenue flows.

The Group’s sales are denominated in US$ which is the functional currency of the Company.

The currency sensitivity analysis below is based on the following assumptions:

(cid:2) Differences resulting from the translation of the financial statements of the subsidiaries into the Group’s presentation currency

of US$, are not taken into consideration.

(cid:2) The major currency exposures for the Group relate to the US$ and local currencies of subsidiaries. Foreign currency exposures
between two currencies where one is not the US$ are deemed insignificant to the Group and have therefore been excluded
from the sensitivity analysis.

The analysis of the currency risk arises because of financial instruments denominated in a currency that is not the functional currency
of the relevant Group entity. The sensitivity has been based on financial assets and liabilities at 31 December 2010. There has been
no change in the assumptions or method applied from the prior year.

107

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

27.

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
Sensitivity analysis
If the US$ had appreciated (depreciated) 10% against currencies significant to the Group at 31 December 2010, income before taxation would
have been US$0.8 million higher (lower) (31 December 2009: US$0.5 million). There would be no effect on equity reserves other than those
directly related to income statement movements.

b) Cashflow interest rate risk

The Group’s income and operating cashflows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s cashflow
interest  rate  risk  arises  from  borrowings.  At  the  time  of  taking  new  loans  or  borrowings  management  uses  its  judgement  to
decide whether it believes that a fixed or variable rate borrowing would be more favourable to the Group over the expected period
until maturity.

An analysis has been prepared which demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates, with all other variables
held constant, of the Group’s profit before tax (through impact on floating rate borrowings).

The interest rate sensitivity analysis is based on the following assumptions:

(cid:2) All non-derivative financial instruments with fixed interest rate terms that are carried at amortised cost are excluded from this analysis.
This is because a change in market interest rates for such non-derivative financial instruments would only affect income if these are
measured at their fair value; and

(cid:2) The Group does not have significant cashflow hedges related to interest rate risk. As such, movements that would occur in equity as

a result of a hypothetical change in interest rates at reporting date has been excluded from this analysis.

Sensitivity analysis
If interest rates had increased (decreased) by 100 basis points at 31 December 2010 or 31 December 2009, there would have been no
material impact on profit in the current year or the prior year. There would be no effect on equity reserves other than those directly
related to income statement movements.

c) Credit risk

The Group’s potential concentration of credit risk consists mainly of cash deposits with banks and other receivables. The Group’s short-
term cash surpluses are placed with the banks that have investment grade ratings. The maximum credit risk exposure relating to financial
assets is represented by the carrying value as at the balance sheet dates. The Group considers the credit standing of counterparties
when making deposits to manage the credit risk.

Considering the nature of the Group’s ultimate customers and the relevant terms and conditions entered into with such customers, the
Group believes that credit risk is limited as customers pay on receipt of goods. No other financial assets are impaired or past due and
accordingly, no additional analysis has been provided. No collateral is held in respect of the impaired receivables or receivables that are
past due but not impaired.

d) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s inability to obtain the funds it requires to comply with its commitments including the inability to
sell a financial asset quickly at a price close to its fair value. Management manages the risk by maintaining sufficient cash, marketable
securities and ensuring access to shareholding funding. This ensures flexibility in maintaining business operations and maximises
opportunities.

The  table  below  summarises  the  maturity  profile  of  the  Group’s  financial  liabilities  at  31 December  2010  based  on  contractual
undiscounted payments:

US$’000

Fixed interest rates

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

– Within one year

– After one year but not more than five years

– More than five years

Total

108

2010

2009

–

–

–

–

209

–

–

209

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

2010

2009

44 274

685

44 959

36 842

1 584

–

38 426

2009*

5 620

102

5 722

27.

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
US$’000

Floating interest rates

Trade and other payables

– Within one year

– After one year but not more than five years

– More than five years

Total

28.

SHAREBASED PAYMENTS
The expense recognised for employee services received during the year is shown in the following table (US$’000):

US$’000

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions charged to the Income statement

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions capitalised

2010

1 644

122

1 766

*

The prior year figures have been restated for the reclassification impact of accounting for discontinued operations (Refer Note 6, Discontinued Operations).

The long-term incentive plans are described below:

Employee Share-Option Plan
Certain key employees are entitled to a grant of options, under the Employee Share-Option Plan (ESOP) of the Company. The vesting of the
options is dependent on employees remaining in service for a prescribed period (normally three years) from the date of grant. The fair value
of share options granted is estimated at the date of the grant using a Black Scholes simulation model, taking into account the terms and
conditions upon which the options were granted. It takes into account projected dividends and share price fluctuation co-variances of the
Company.

There is a nil or nominal exercise price for the options granted at Admission of Gem Diamonds Limited. The contractual life of the options
is ten years and there are no cash settlement alternatives. The Group has no past practice of cash settlement.

Performance Shares
No performance shares were granted during the year. During 2008, 437 769 performance shares were granted to certain key employees
under the ESOP of the Company in four tranches. The vesting of awards will be subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions over
a three year period that are considered appropriately stretching. If the performance conditions are not met the options lapse. The fair value
of share options granted is estimated at the date of the grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model, taking into account the terms and
conditions upon which the options were granted, projected dividends, share price fluctuations, the expected volatility, the risk-free interest
rate, expected life of the option in years and the weighted average share price of the Company. The contractual life of each option granted
is three years.

The exercise price of the performance shares is US$0.01, which was equal to the nominal value of the shares. There are no cash settlement
options.

Executive Share Growth Programme
The Executive Share Growth Programme (ESGP) is a separate, and once-off, remuneration arrangement. Its purpose is to reward very superior
performance in the event that it was achieved by the Company in the three year period following Admission. As such, the vesting of awards
under the ESGP are subject to very demanding targets for share price growth, which was chosen as the performance measure on the basis
that participants will only be rewarded if significant value has been created for the shareholders.

For the purposes of the performance criterion, the final share price was calculated based on the volume weighted average price of shares
calculated over a 30 day period beginning 15 days prior to the third anniversary of Admission (i.e. beginning 4 February 2010). On 19 February
2010, the vesting of the awards was tested and as no vesting conditions were met, the ESGP lapsed and no shares were awarded.

Non-Executive Share Awards
In order to align the interests of the Chairman and independent Directors with those of the shareholders, the non-Executive Directors were
invited to subscribe for shares at nominal value on terms set out in the prospectus. The non-Executive Directors shall not be eligible to
participate in the STIBS, ESOP or ESGP or any other performance-related incentive arrangements which may be introduced by the Company
from time to time.

109

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2010

28.

SHAREBASED PAYMENTS CONTINUED
Employee Share-Option Plan for 2010 (Long-term incentive plan (LTIP))
On 23 June 2010, 1 375 200 options were granted to certain key employees under the LTIP of the Company. Of the total number of shares,
458 400 were Nil Value Options and 916 800 were Market Value Options. The exercise price of the Market Value Options is £2.31 (US$3.33),
which was equal to the market price of the shares on the date of the grant. The vesting of the options will be subject to the satisfaction of
performance conditions over a three year period that is considered appropriately stretching. If the performance conditions are not met the
options lapse. The fair value of the options granted is estimated at the date of the grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model, taking into
account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted, projected dividends, share price fluctuations, the expected volatility,
the risk-free interest rate, expected life of the options in years and the weighted average share price of the Company. The contractual life of
each option granted is three years. There are no cash settlement options.

Movements in the year

Employee Share-Option Plan

The following table illustrates the number (‘000) and movement in, share options during the year:

Outstanding at beginning of year

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the year

Exercised during the year

Balance at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

The following table lists the inputs to the model used for the plan for the awards granted in 2008:

Employee Share-Option plan

Dividend yield (%)

Expected volatility (%)

Risk-free interest rate (%)

Expected life of option (years)

Weighted average share price

Model used

2010

2009

87

–

–

(40)

47

–

197

–

(3)

(107)

87

–

–

22

5

10

18.28

Black Scholes

The fair value of share options granted is estimated at the date of the grant using a Black Scholes simulation model, taking into account the
terms and conditions upon which the options were granted, projected dividends, share price fluctuations, the expected volatility, the risk-
free interest rate, expected life of the option in years and the weighted average share price of the Company.

The ESOP is an equity-settled plan and the fair value is measured at the grant date.

Performance Shares
No performance shares were granted during the year. The following table illustrates the number (‘000) and movement in share options
during the year:

US$’000

Outstanding at beginning of year

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the year

Balance at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

110

2010

346

–

(27)

319

–

2009

417

7

(78)

346

–

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

28.

SHAREBASED PAYMENTS CONTINUED
The following table lists the inputs to the model used for the four tranches of the performance share awards:

Performance Share Awards

Dividend yield (%)

Expected volatility (%)

Risk-free interest rate (%)

Expected life of option (years)

Weighted average share price

Model used

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Tranche 4

–

30.58

2.49

3.00

13.60

–

31.32

2.98

3.00

20.34

–

31.23

2.92

3.00

20.51

–

74.18

1.13

3.00

3.96

Monte Carlo

Monte Carlo

Monte Carlo Monte Carlo

The fair value of share options granted is estimated at the date of the grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model, taking into account the
terms and conditions upon which the options were granted, projected dividends, share price fluctuations, the expected volatility, the risk-
free interest rate, expected life of the option in years and the weighted average share price of the Company.

The ESOP is an equity-settled plan and the fair value is measured at the grant date.

Non-Executive Share Awards
The following table illustrates the number (‘000) and movement in, share awards during the year:

Share awards issued (‘000)

Contracted for at beginning of year

Shares issued during the year

Balance unissued at end of the year

Contracted for after year end

Weighted average share price

2010

2009

–

–

–

–

–

362

(362)

–

–

3.13

There have been no other transactions involving ordinary shares between the reporting date and the date of completion of these financial
statements.

Employee Share-Option Plan for 2010 (Long-term incentive plan (LTIP))
The following table illustrates the number (‘000) and movement in the ESOP 2010 share options during the year:

Outstanding at beginning of year

Granted during the year

Balance at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

The following table lists the inputs to the model used for the plan for the awards granted during the year:

Employee Share-Option Plan for 2010

Dividend yield (%)

Expected volatility (%)

Risk-free interest rate (%)

Expected life of option (years)

Weighted average share price (US$)

Fair value of Nil Value Options (US$)

Fair value of Market Value Options (US$)

Model used

2010

–

1 375

1 375

–

–

76.33

1.11

3.00

3.33

2.27

1.45

Monte Carlo

2009

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

The fair value of share options granted is estimated at the date of the grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model, taking into account the
terms and conditions upon which the options were granted, projected dividends, share price fluctuations, the expected volatility, the risk-free
interest rate, expected life of the option in years and the weighted average share price of the Company.

111

GEM DIAMONDS    ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Notes

112

GEM DIAMONDS LIMITED

Registered Office:
Harbour House, 2nd Floor
Waterfront Drive
Road Town
Tortola
British Virgin Islands

Head Office:
2 Eaton Gate
London SW1W 9BJ
United Kingdom
T: +44 203 043 0280
F: +44 203 043 0281

Financial Advisor and Sponsor

Auditors

JPMorgan Cazenove Limited
20 Moorgate
London EC2R 6DA
United Kingdom
T: +44 20 7588 2828
F: +44 20 7155 9000

Legal Advisor

Linklaters
One Silk Street
London EC2Y 8HQ
United Kingdom
T: +44 20 7456 2000
F: +44 20 7456 2222

Ernst & Young LLP
1 More London Place
London SE1 2AF
United Kingdom
T: +44 20 7951 2000
F: +44 20 7951 1345

Financial PR Advisor

Pellham Bell Pottinger
5th Floor, Holborn Gate
330 High Holborn
London WC1V 7QD
T: +44 20 7861 3232
F: +44 20 7861 3233

www.gemdiamonds.com